diff options
| author | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2013-11-17 22:18:16 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Karl Berry <karl@freefriends.org> | 2013-11-17 22:18:16 +0000 |
| commit | 5009aa815341193d64d6945ed8f09ad39c875135 (patch) | |
| tree | 1dc35b356dbac9e62771b0c4f056447814296a95 /Master/texmf-dist | |
| parent | 17bd9acb30a81f09b5415632b50457f38dd08f36 (diff) | |
glossaries (17nov13)
git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@32171 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751
Diffstat (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist')
50 files changed, 1434 insertions, 1359 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES index 840d3fa5d21..8232bd948bf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/CHANGES @@ -1,6 +1,15 @@ glossaries change log: -v4.0: First stable release since v3.07. +v4.01: + + * Fixed bug in \CustomAcronymFields caused by missing comma. + + * Fixed valueless package options so that they can be passed via + the document class. + +v4.0: + + First stable release since v3.07. v3.14a: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README index 2b7f7bc02c2..1551f3c2c90 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/README @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -LaTeX Package : glossaries v4.0 +LaTeX Package : glossaries v4.01 -Last Modified : 2013-11-14 +Last Modified : 2013-11-16 Author : Nicola Talbot diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf Binary files differindex 2306098fb3d..b1e60621181 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-code.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html index a1cbfb92f91..f73ece29260 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.html @@ -4,13 +4,13 @@ <!--http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd--> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" > -<head><title>User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.0</title> +<head><title>User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.01</title> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8" /> <meta name="generator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/)" /> <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/)" /> <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> <meta name="src" content="glossaries-user.tex" /> -<meta name="date" content="2013-11-14 14:05:00" /> +<meta name="date" content="2013-11-16 19:05:00" /> <style type="text/css"> <!-- @@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ div.gather-star {text-align:center;} table[rules] {border-left:solid black 0.4pt; border-right:solid black 0.4pt; } div.longtable{text-align:center;} .supertabular {text-align:center} -div.important { background-color:red; } +div.important { border : solid red; } /* end css.sty */ @@ -496,14 +496,15 @@ div.important { background-color:red; } id="top"></a> </div> -<h2 class="titleHead">User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.0</h2> +<h2 class="titleHead">User Manual for glossaries.sty +v4.01</h2> <div class="author" ><span class="ec-lmr-12x-x-120">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span> <br /> <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmtt-12x-x-120">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></div><br /> <div class="date" ><span -class="ec-lmr-12x-x-120">2013-11-14</span></div> +class="ec-lmr-12x-x-120">2013-11-16</span></div> @@ -518,7 +519,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package is flexible enough to accomm such varied requirements, but this flexibility comes at a price: a big manual. </p><!--l. 299--><p class="indent" > <span -class="futrorn-x-x-109">M</span> If you’re freaking out at the size of this manual, start with +class="futrorn-x-x-109">😱</span> If you’re freaking out at the size of this manual, start with <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossariesbegin.pdf </span>(“The glossaries package: a guide for beginnners”). You should find it in the same directory as this document or try <span @@ -570,7 +571,7 @@ class="ec-lmtk-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span></a> </dt><dd class="description">Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings of all the packages provided in the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span> - bundle should read “Documented Code for glossaries v4.0”. This + bundle should read “Documented Code for glossaries v4.01”. This includes the documented code for the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">mfirstuc</span><a id="dx1-4"></a> package. @@ -778,9 +779,9 @@ href="#sec:utilities" id="QQ2-1-77">Utilities</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >18  <a href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-78">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >19  <a -href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-79">Accessibility Support</a></span> +href="#sec:exnewstyle" id="QQ2-1-79">Accessibility Support</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >20  <a -href="#sec:trouble" id="QQ2-1-80">Troubleshooting</a></span> +href="#sec:exadaptstyle" id="QQ2-1-80">Troubleshooting</a></span> <br /> <span class="chapterToc" >  <a href="#sec:index">Index</a></span> </div> @@ -801,7 +802,7 @@ href="#sec:index">Index</a></span> <h2 class="likechapterHead"><a id="x1-3000"></a>List of Tables</h2> <div class="tableofcontents"><span class="lotToc" >1.1 <a -href="#x1-80131">Supported Languages</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >1.2 <a +href="#sec:samples">Supported Languages</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >1.2 <a href="#x1-80152">Customised Text</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >1.3 <a href="#x1-90923">Commands and package options that have no effect when using <span @@ -809,7 +810,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy </span>or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex </span>explicitly</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >4.1 <a href="#x1-270091">Key to Field Mappings</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >6.1 <a -href="#x1-370641">Predefined Hyperlinked Location Formats</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >13.1 <a +href="#sec:glsdisplay">Predefined Hyperlinked Location Formats</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >13.1 <a href="#x1-500891">Synonyms provided by the package option shortcuts</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >13.2 <a href="#x1-520182">Package options governing @@ -817,7 +818,7 @@ href="#x1-520182">Package options governing class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym </span>and how the information is stored</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >13.3 <a href="#x1-540253">The effect of using xspace</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >15.1 <a -href="#x1-560041">Glossary Styles</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >15.2 <a +href="#sec:liststyles">Glossary Styles</a></span><br /><span class="lotToc" >15.2 <a href="#x1-630122">Multicolumn Styles</a></span><br /> </div> @@ -960,7 +961,7 @@ class="newline" />A conditional that determines whether or not the entry has bee id="dx1-4015"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. Commands to unset or reset this conditional are described in <a -href="#sec:glsunset">§14 </a><a +href="#sec:glsunset">§14 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>. <br class="newline" /> @@ -1190,7 +1191,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-5017"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-5018"></a> explicitly. See <a -href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a +href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> for further details. </div> </p><!--l. 415--><p class="noindent" > @@ -1211,17 +1212,17 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize"><a -href="#sec:samples">§1.1 </a><a +href="#sec:samples">§1.1 </a><a href="#sec:samples">Sample Documents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:samples --></a> lists the sample documents provided with this package. </li> <li class="itemize"><a -href="#sec:languages">§1.2 </a><a +href="#sec:languages">§1.2 </a><a href="#sec:languages">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:languages --></a> provides information for users who wish to write in a language other than English. </li> <li class="itemize"><a -href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a +href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> describes how to use a post-processor to create the sorted glossaries for your document. @@ -1305,7 +1306,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xkeyval </span>package. href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-6009"></a></a> on the document (<a -href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a +href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). This can be done on a terminal either by typing <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> @@ -1331,7 +1332,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex -s minimalgls.ist -t minimalgls.glg -o</span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">minimalgls.gls minimalgls.glo</span></span> </p><!--l. 505--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> (See <a -href="#sec:makeindexapp">§1.3.3 </a><a +href="#sec:makeindexapp">§1.3.3 </a><a href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using makeindex explicitly<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a> for further details on using <a id="dx1-6012"></a><span @@ -1871,7 +1872,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy -L english -C utf8 -I xindy -M samplexdy2 -t</sp class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">samplexdy2.glg -o samplexdy2.gls samplexdy2.glo</span></span> </p><!--l. 786--><p class="noindent" ><spacer type=vertical size=10> See <a -href="#sec:xindyloc">§11.2 </a><a +href="#sec:xindyloc">§11.2 </a><a href="#sec:xindyloc">Locations and Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindyloc --></a> for further details. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -2078,8 +2079,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-accsupp</span><a PDF viewers don’t use the accessibility support. Information about the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-accsupp </span>package can be found in <a -href="#sec:accsupp">§19 </a><a -href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility +href="#sec:exnewstyle">§19 </a><a +href="#sec:exnewstyle">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>. </dd></dl> @@ -2129,7 +2130,7 @@ example:  <br />\usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> <!--l. 909--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 911--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an accented character, such as é, looks like a plain +</p><!--l. 911--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an accented character, such as é, looks like a plain character in your tex file, it’s actually a macro and can therefore cause expansion problems. You may need to switch off the field expansions with <span @@ -2145,7 +2146,7 @@ expansion issues. For example: </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-4"> -\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{é}lite}, +\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{é}lite},  <br />description={select group or class}} </div> <!--l. 924--><p class="nopar" > </div> @@ -2253,14 +2254,14 @@ example: </p><!--l. 973--><p class="indent" > The languages are currently supported by the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package are listed in <a -href="#x1-80131">table 1.1</a>. Please note that (apart from spelling mistakes) I don’t +href="#sec:samples">table 1.1</a>. Please note that (apart from spelling mistakes) I don’t intend to change the default translations as it will cause compatibility problems. </p><!--l. 979--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-80131"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" + id="sec:samples"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -2670,7 +2671,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-8043"></a> if you have glossary entries that contain diacritics or non-Roman letters. See <a -href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a +href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a href="#sec:xindy">Xindy<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details. </p> @@ -2719,7 +2720,7 @@ that only have an effect when <a id="dx1-9017"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-9018"></a> is used are described in <a -href="#sec:xindy">§11 +href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a href="#sec:xindy">Xindy<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a>. </p><!--l. 1119--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This is a multi-stage process, but there are methods of automating @@ -2755,7 +2756,7 @@ customized style file (which is created by <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-9027"></a>). See <a -href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.3.1 </a><a +href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">§1.3.1 </a><a href="#sec:makeglossariesapp">Using the makeglossaries Perl Script<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossariesapp --></a> for further details. Perl is stable, cross-platform, open source software that is used by a number of <span class="TEX">T<span @@ -3768,19 +3769,19 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronyms</span><a id="dx1-15004"></a>) package option described in <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.5 </a><a +href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.5 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a> or via the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbols</span><a id="dx1-15005"></a> or <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">numbers</span><a id="dx1-15006"></a> options described in <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.6 </a><a +href="#sec:pkgopts-other">§2.6 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-other">Other Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-other --></a> or via <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossary</span><a id="dx1-15007"></a> described in <a -href="#sec:newglossary">§12 </a><a +href="#sec:newglossary">§12 </a><a href="#sec:newglossary">Defining New Glossaries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossary --></a>). <!--l. 1509--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the main glossary and you don’t use this option, <a @@ -4052,7 +4053,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translate=false</span><a id="dx1-15061"></a> is assumed. </p><!--l. 1617--><p class="noindent" >See <a -href="#sec:fixednames">§1.2.1 </a><a +href="#sec:fixednames">§1.2.1 </a><a href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> for further details. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -4132,7 +4133,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> </p><!--l. 1656--><p class="noindent" > instead or additionally. See <a -href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a +href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> for further details. </p></dd><dt class="description"> @@ -4152,7 +4153,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a id="dx1-15079"></a> in <a -href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a +href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>.) </dd></dl> @@ -4675,7 +4676,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> </p><!--l. 1903--><p class="noindent" > (See <a -href="#sec:styles">§15 </a><a +href="#sec:styles">§15 </a><a href="#sec:styles">Glossary Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:styles --></a> for further details.) </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -4797,7 +4798,7 @@ class="description">This option will suppress the associated <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-17057"></a>s</a> in the glossaries (see also <a -href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a +href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -4827,7 +4828,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nonumberlist=false</span><a id="dx1-17067"></a> for that entry. (Note this doesn’t affect <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssee</span>.) For further details see <a -href="#sec:crossref">§8 </a><a +href="#sec:crossref">§8 </a><a href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -4848,7 +4849,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">counter=page</span><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-17071"></a>s</a> (see <a -href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a +href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -5343,7 +5344,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>comma-separated list to override the lang class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy </span>or writing <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy={}</span></span></span>) then the language, codepage and number group settings are unchanged. See <a -href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a +href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a href="#sec:xindy">Xindy<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details on using <a id="dx1-18071"></a><a @@ -5366,7 +5367,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a id="dx1-18075"></a> and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><a id="dx1-18076"></a> (see <a -href="#sec:langenc">§11.1 </a><a +href="#sec:langenc">§11.1 </a><a href="#sec:langenc">Language and Encodings<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:langenc --></a>.) </dd></dl> @@ -5539,7 +5540,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-19026"></a> to allow a description. This option may have no effect if you define your own custom acronym style. See <a -href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a +href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -5551,7 +5552,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-19028"></a> and the way that acronyms are displayed. This option may have no effect if you define your own custom acronym style. See <a -href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a +href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -5577,7 +5578,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont</span><a </p><!--l. 2269--><p class="noindent" > This option may have no effect if you define your own custom acronym style. See <a -href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a +href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details. </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -5588,7 +5589,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-19035"></a> and the way that acronyms are displayed. This option has no effect if you define your own custom acronym style. See <a -href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a +href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -5600,7 +5601,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-19037"></a> so that acronyms are always expanded. This option may have no effect if you define your own custom acronym style. See <a -href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a +href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -5609,7 +5610,7 @@ class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">shortcuts</span><a id="dx1-19038"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This option provides shortcut commands for acronyms. See <a -href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a +href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a> for further details. Alternatively you can use: <!--l. 2286--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span @@ -5721,11 +5722,11 @@ class="description">Compatibility mode for old documents created using <!--l. 2340--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7</span>  <a id="sec:setupglossaries"></a>Setting Options After Package Loaded</h3> -<!--l. 2342--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span +<!--l. 2343--><p class="noindent" >Some of the options described above may also be set after the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-21001"></a> package has been loaded using -</p><!--l. 2344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\setupglossaries</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-21002"></a> <span @@ -5734,7 +5735,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key-val list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2346--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2347--><p class="noindent" > The following package options <span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">can’t </span>be used in <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\setupglossaries</span>: <span @@ -5772,13 +5773,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a be set using commands like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><a id="dx1-21017"></a> (see <a -href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a +href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a href="#sec:xindy">Xindy<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details). -</p><!--l. 2357--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use this command as soon as possible after loading +</p><!--l. 2358--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> I recommend you use this command as soon as possible after loading <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-21018"></a> otherwise you might end up using it too late for the change to @@ -5789,21 +5790,21 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a get unexpected results. If you try changing the sort option after you have started to define entries, you may get unexpected results. </div> -</p><!--l. 2365--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2366--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2367--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2368--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">3</span>  <a id="sec:setup"></a>Setting Up</h2> The command -<!--l. 2371--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 2372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\makeglossaries</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-22001"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2373--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2374--><p class="noindent" > must be placed in the preamble in order to create the customised <a id="dx1-22002"></a><a @@ -5823,18 +5824,18 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">If you omit</span> <span class="ec-lmtk-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries </span><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">none of the glossaries will be created.</span> -</p><!--l. 2380--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span +</p><!--l. 2381--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that some of the commands provided by the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package must be placed before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries </span>as they are required when creating the customised style file. If you attempt to use those commands after <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries </span>you will generate an error. -</p><!--l. 2387--><p class="indent" > Similarly, there are some commands that must be used after +</p><!--l. 2388--><p class="indent" > Similarly, there are some commands that must be used after <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 2389--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2391--><p class="indent" > You can suppress the creation of the customised <a +</p><!--l. 2390--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2392--><p class="indent" > You can suppress the creation of the customised <a id="dx1-22008"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -5844,15 +5845,15 @@ href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-22011"></a></a> style file using -</p><!--l. 2393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\noist</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-22012"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2395--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2396--><p class="noindent" > Note that this command must be used before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 2397--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span +</p><!--l. 2398--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if you have a custom <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.xdy</span><a id="dx1-22013"></a> file created when using <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span> @@ -5860,8 +5861,8 @@ version 2.07 or below, you will need to use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">compatible-2.07</span><a id="dx1-22014"></a> package option with it. </div> -</p><!--l. 2401--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2403--><p class="indent" > The default name for the customised style file is given by <span +</p><!--l. 2402--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2404--><p class="indent" > The default name for the customised style file is given by <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\jobname</span><a id="dx1-22015"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.ist</span><a @@ -5880,7 +5881,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-22022"></a></a>). This name may be changed using: -</p><!--l. 2407--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\setStyleFile</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-22023"></a> <span @@ -5889,14 +5890,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2409--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2410--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is the name of the style file without the extension. Note that this command must be used before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 2414--><p class="indent" > Each glossary entry is assigned a <a +</p><!--l. 2415--><p class="indent" > Each glossary entry is assigned a <a id="dx1-22024"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-22025"></a></a> that lists all the @@ -5908,7 +5909,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">counter</span><a number assumes a full stop compositor (e.g. 1.2), but if your location numbers use a different compositor (e.g. 1-2) you need to set this using -</p><!--l. 2421--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2422--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsSetCompositor</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-22027"></a> <span @@ -5917,7 +5918,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">symbol</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2423--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2424--><p class="noindent" > @@ -5929,15 +5930,15 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-49"> \glsSetCompositor{-} </div> -<!--l. 2427--><p class="nopar" > Note that this command must be used before <span +<!--l. 2428--><p class="nopar" > Note that this command must be used before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span>. -</p><!--l. 2430--><p class="indent" > If you use <a +</p><!--l. 2431--><p class="indent" > If you use <a id="dx1-22028"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-22029"></a></a>, you can have a different compositor for page numbers starting with an uppercase alphabetical character using: -</p><!--l. 2432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsSetAlphaCompositor</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-22030"></a> <span @@ -5947,7 +5948,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">symbol</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2434--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2435--><p class="noindent" > Note that this command has no effect if you haven’t used the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-22031"></a> package @@ -5963,8 +5964,8 @@ and 2.3 style formats, then do: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-50"> \glsSetCompositor{.}\glsSetAlphaCompositor{-} </div> -<!--l. 2441--><p class="nopar" > See <a -href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a +<!--l. 2442--><p class="nopar" > See <a +href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further information about <a id="dx1-22034"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a @@ -5975,19 +5976,19 @@ href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a </p> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">4</span>  <a id="sec:newglosentry"></a>Defining Glossary Entries</h2> -<!--l. 2448--><p class="noindent" >All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, +<!--l. 2449--><p class="noindent" >All glossary entries must be defined before they are used, so it is better to define them in the preamble to ensure this.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x6" id="fn1x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-23001f1"></a> However only those entries that occur in the document (using any of the commands described in <a -href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a +href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>, <a -href="#sec:glsadd">§7 </a><a +href="#sec:glsadd">§7 </a><a href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> or <a -href="#sec:crossref">§8 </a><a +href="#sec:crossref">§8 </a><a href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>) will appear in the glossary. Each time an entry is used in this way, a line is added to an associated glossary file (<span @@ -6024,10 +6025,10 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">files.</span><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x6" id="fn2x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a id="x1-23015f2"></a> See <a -href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a +href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 2472--><p class="indent" > New glossary entries are defined using the command: -</p><!--l. 2473--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2473--><p class="indent" > New glossary entries are defined using the command: +</p><!--l. 2474--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23017"></a> <span @@ -6041,14 +6042,14 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key=value list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2475--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2476--><p class="noindent" > This is a short command, so values in <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key-val list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>can’t contain any paragraph breaks. If you have a long description that needs to span multiple paragraphs, use -</p><!--l. 2479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2480--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\longnewglossaryentry</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23018"></a> <span @@ -6067,7 +6068,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">long description</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2482--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2483--><p class="noindent" > instead. Note that, unlike <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span>, the command <span @@ -6079,9 +6080,9 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\unskip</span>) but won’t remove leading spaces (otherwise it would interfere with commands like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glsentrydesc</span>). -</p><!--l. 2490--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn’t +</p><!--l. 2491--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that will only define the entry if it hasn’t already been defined: -</p><!--l. 2492--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2493--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\provideglossaryentry</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23019"></a> <span @@ -6096,13 +6097,13 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key=value</span> class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2494--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2495--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 2496--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2497--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\longprovideglossaryentry</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23020"></a> -</p><!--l. 2498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 2499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\longprovideglossaryentry{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -6121,21 +6122,21 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2500--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2501--><p class="noindent" > (These are both preamble-only commands.) -</p><!--l. 2503--><p class="indent" > For all the above commands, the first argument, <span +</p><!--l. 2504--><p class="indent" > For all the above commands, the first argument, <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>, must be a unique label with which to identify this entry. This can’t contain any non-expandable commands or active characters. -</p><!--l. 2507--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an accented character or other non-Latin character, -such as é or þ, looks like a plain character in your <span +</p><!--l. 2508--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that although an accented character or other non-Latin character, +such as é or þ, looks like a plain character in your <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.tex </span>file, it’s actually a macro (an active character) and can therefore can’t be used in the label. </div> -</p><!--l. 2512--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2514--><p class="indent" > The second argument, <span +</p><!--l. 2513--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2515--><p class="indent" > The second argument, <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key=value list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>, is a <span @@ -6169,23 +6170,23 @@ class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-23026"></a> </dt><dd class="description">A brief description of this term (to appear in the glossary). Within this value, you can use - <!--l. 2527--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 2528--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23027"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\nopostdesc </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2529--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2530--><p class="noindent" > to suppress the description terminator for this entry. For example, if this entry is a parent entry that doesn’t require a description, you can do <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">description={\nopostdesc}</span></span></span>. If you want a paragraph break in the description use - </p><!--l. 2535--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + </p><!--l. 2536--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glspar</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-23028"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspar </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 2537--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" > or, better, use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\longnewglossaryentry</span>. However, note that not all glossary styles support multi-line descriptions. If you are using @@ -6201,7 +6202,7 @@ class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">parent</span><a id="dx1-23030"></a> </dt><dd class="description">The label of the parent entry. Note that the parent entry must be defined before its sub-entries. See <a -href="#sec:subentries">§4.5 </a><a +href="#sec:subentries">§4.5 </a><a href="#sec:subentries">Sub-Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:subentries --></a> for further details. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -6310,7 +6311,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">firstplural</span><a used with <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl</span><a id="dx1-23065"></a>. - <!--l. 2579--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 2580--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Note: </span>prior to version 1.13, the default value of <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-23066"></a> was always @@ -6394,7 +6395,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsprestandardsort</span><a the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a id="dx1-23092"></a> key (see <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.4 </a><a +href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.4 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -6405,7 +6406,7 @@ class="description">This specifies the label of the glossary in which this entry class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-23094"></a> is used (see <a -href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a +href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>). </dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -6424,18 +6425,18 @@ class="description">Six keys provided for any additional information the user Alternatively, you can add new keys using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsaddkey</span><a id="dx1-23101"></a> (see <a -href="#sec:addkey">§4.3 +href="#sec:addkey">§4.3 </a><a href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>). Other keys are also provided by the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-prefix</span><a id="dx1-23102"></a> (<a -href="#sec:prefix">§18 </a><a +href="#sec:prefix">§18 </a><a href="#sec:prefix">Prefixes or Determiners<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:prefix --></a>) and <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-23103"></a> (<a -href="#sec:accsupp">§19 </a><a -href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility +href="#sec:exnewstyle">§19 </a><a +href="#sec:exnewstyle">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) packages. </dd><dt class="description"> <span @@ -6455,7 +6456,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nonumberlist</span><a id="dx1-23109"></a> just for this entry with <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nonumberlist=false</span><a id="dx1-23110"></a>. (See <a -href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a +href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -6494,10 +6495,10 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nonumberlist=false</span><a use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">seeautonumberlist</span><a id="dx1-23118"></a> package option. For further details, see <a -href="#sec:crossref">§8 +href="#sec:crossref">§8 </a><a href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>. - <!--l. 2640--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span + <!--l. 2641--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-23119"></a> must be used before any occurrence of <span @@ -6508,13 +6509,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a - </p><!--l. 2643--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 2644--><p class="noindent" > </p> </dd></dl> -<!--l. 2647--><p class="indent" > The following keys are reserved for <span +<!--l. 2648--><p class="indent" > The following keys are reserved for <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-23122"></a> (see <a -href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a +href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>): <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">long</span><a @@ -6528,17 +6529,17 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">shortplural</span><a <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-prefix</span><a id="dx1-23127"></a> (<a -href="#sec:prefix">§18 </a><a +href="#sec:prefix">§18 </a><a href="#sec:prefix">Prefixes or Determiners<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:prefix --></a>) and the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-23128"></a> (<a -href="#sec:accsupp">§19 </a><a -href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) packages. You can also define your own custom +href="#sec:exnewstyle">§19 </a><a +href="#sec:exnewstyle">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) packages. You can also define your own custom keys (see <a -href="#sec:addkey">§4.3 </a><a +href="#sec:addkey">§4.3 </a><a href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>). -</p><!--l. 2655--><p class="indent" > Note that if the name starts with an accented letter or other non-Latin +</p><!--l. 2656--><p class="indent" > Note that if the name starts with an accented letter or other non-Latin character, you must group the character, otherwise it will cause a problem for commands like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Gls</span><a @@ -6553,7 +6554,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glspl</span><a \newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{\’e}lite},  <br />description={select group or class}} </div> -<!--l. 2662--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span +<!--l. 2663--><p class="nopar" > Note that the same applies if you are using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">inputenc</span><a id="dx1-23131"></a> package: @@ -6561,10 +6562,10 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">inputenc</span><a </p> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-52"> -\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{é}lite}, +\newglossaryentry{elite}{name={{é}lite},  <br />description={select group or class}} </div> -<!--l. 2668--><p class="nopar" > Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the +<!--l. 2669--><p class="nopar" > Note that in both of the above examples, you will also need to supply the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a id="dx1-23132"></a> key if you are using <a @@ -6580,15 +6581,15 @@ accented letters correctly. </p> <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1</span>  <a id="sec:plurals"></a>Plurals</h3> -<!--l. 2677--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form +<!--l. 2678--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed from above that you can specify the plural form when you define a term. If you omit this, the plural will be obtained by appending -</p><!--l. 2680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2681--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-24001"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspluralsuffix </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2682--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2683--><p class="noindent" > to the singular form. This command defaults to the letter “s”. For example: @@ -6599,7 +6600,7 @@ example: \newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,description={a fully grown  <br />female of any bovine animal}} </div> -<!--l. 2688--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is “cow” and plural form is +<!--l. 2689--><p class="nopar" > defines a new entry whose singular form is “cow” and plural form is “cows”. However, if you are writing in archaic English, you may want to use “kine” as the plural form, in which case you would have to do: @@ -6611,8 +6612,8 @@ do: \newglossaryentry{cow}{name=cow,plural=kine,  <br />description={a fully grown female of any bovine animal}} </div> -<!--l. 2696--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2698--><p class="indent" > If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a +<!--l. 2697--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2699--><p class="indent" > If you are writing in a language that supports multiple plurals (for a given term) then use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">plural</span><a id="dx1-24002"></a> key for one of them and one of the user keys @@ -6626,7 +6627,7 @@ to specify the other plural form. For example:  <br />female of any bovine animal (plural cows, archaic plural kine)},  <br />user1={kine}} </div> -<!--l. 2706--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 2707--><p class="nopar" > You can then use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl{cow}</span></span></span> to produce “cows” and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsuseri{cow}</span></span></span> to produce “kine”. You can, of course, define an easy to remember synonym. @@ -6638,14 +6639,14 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56"> \let\glsaltpl\glsuseri </div> -<!--l. 2712--><p class="nopar" > Then you don’t have to remember which key you used to store the second +<!--l. 2713--><p class="nopar" > Then you don’t have to remember which key you used to store the second plural. Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsaddkey</span><a id="dx1-24003"></a>, described in <a -href="#sec:addkey">§4.3 </a><a +href="#sec:addkey">§4.3 </a><a href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>. -</p><!--l. 2717--><p class="indent" > If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a +</p><!--l. 2718--><p class="indent" > If you are using a language that usually forms plurals by appending a different letter, or sequence of letters, you can redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspluralsuffix</span> as required. However, this must be done <span @@ -6657,12 +6658,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">plural</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-24005"></a> key where necessary). -</p><!--l. 2725--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2726--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2725--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2726--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2</span>  <a id="sec:grammar"></a>Other Grammatical Constructs</h3> -<!--l. 2728--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. +<!--l. 2729--><p class="noindent" >You can use the six user keys to provide alternatives, such as participles. For example: @@ -6682,7 +6683,7 @@ For example:  <br />  }%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 2745--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this: +<!--l. 2746--><p class="nopar" > With the above definitions, I can now define terms like this: @@ -6692,7 +6693,7 @@ For example:  <br />\newterm[\edkey={ran},\ingkey={running}]{run}{to move fast using  <br />the legs} </div> -<!--l. 2751--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text: +<!--l. 2752--><p class="nopar" > and use them in the text: @@ -6702,20 +6703,20 @@ Peter is \glsing{play} in the park tod  <br />Jane \glsd{play} in the park yesterday.  <br />Peter and Jane \glsd{run} in the park last week. </div> -<!--l. 2759--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2761--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span +<!--l. 2760--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2762--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, you can define your own keys using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsaddkey</span><a id="dx1-25001"></a>, described below in <a -href="#sec:addkey">§4.3 </a><a +href="#sec:addkey">§4.3 </a><a href="#sec:addkey">Additional Keys<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:addkey --></a>. -</p><!--l. 2764--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2765--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2764--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2765--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3</span>  <a id="sec:addkey"></a>Additional Keys</h3> -<!--l. 2767--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using: -</p><!--l. 2768--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 2768--><p class="noindent" >You can now also define your own custom keys using: +</p><!--l. 2769--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsaddkey</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-26001"></a> <span @@ -6750,7 +6751,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">link allcaps cs</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2776--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2777--><p class="noindent" > where: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span @@ -6822,17 +6823,17 @@ class="description">is the control sequence to use analogous to commands like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GLStext</span><a id="dx1-26008"></a>.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 2796--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span +<!--l. 2797--><p class="noindent" >The starred version of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsaddkey </span>switches on expansion for this key. The unstarred version doesn’t override the current expansion setting. <a id="x1-26009r3"></a> -</p><!--l. 2800--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 2801--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 3</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Defining Custom Keys)</span><a id="x1-26010"></a> -</p><!--l. 2801--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span +</p><!--l. 2802--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to define two new keys, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">ed </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">ing</span>, that default to the entry text followed by “ed” and “ing”, respectively. The default @@ -6862,7 +6863,7 @@ form:  <br />  {\Glsing}% command analogous to \Glstext  <br />  {\GLSing}% command analogous to \GLStext </div> -<!--l. 2825--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries: +<!--l. 2826--><p class="nopar" > Now I can define some entries: @@ -6880,8 +6881,8 @@ form:  <br />   ing={waddling},%  <br />   description={}} </div> -<!--l. 2843--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2845--><p class="indent" > These entries can later be used in the document: +<!--l. 2844--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2846--><p class="indent" > These entries can later be used in the document: @@ -6891,20 +6892,20 @@ The dog \glsed{jump} over the duck.  <br />The duck was \glsing{waddle} round the dog.  <br />The dog \glsed{run} away from the duck. </div> -<!--l. 2852--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a +<!--l. 2853--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a href="#x1-6114r23"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample-newkeys.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 2854--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2854--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 2856--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2855--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2855--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 2857--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2856--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2857--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4</span>  <a id="sec:expansion"></a>Expansion</h3> -<!--l. 2859--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by +<!--l. 2860--><p class="noindent" >When you define new glossary entries expansion is performed by default, except for the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">name</span><a id="dx1-27001"></a>, <span @@ -6921,8 +6922,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a id="dx1-27006"></a> keys (these keys all have expansion suppressed via <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssetnoexpandfield</span>). -</p><!--l. 2865--><p class="indent" > You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using -</p><!--l. 2866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2866--><p class="indent" > You can switch expansion on or off for individual keys using +</p><!--l. 2867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssetexpandfield</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27007"></a> <span @@ -6931,9 +6932,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">field</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2868--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2869--><p class="noindent" > or -</p><!--l. 2870--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2871--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssetnoexpandfield</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27008"></a> <span @@ -6942,7 +6943,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">field</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2872--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2873--><p class="noindent" > respectively, where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">field</span><span @@ -6953,7 +6954,7 @@ href="#x1-270091">table 4.1</a>. -</p><!--l. 2877--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 2878--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-270091"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -7060,32 +7061,32 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">shortpl </span></td></tr></table> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> -<!--l. 2898--><p class="indent" > Any keys that haven’t had the expansion explicitly set using +<!--l. 2899--><p class="indent" > Any keys that haven’t had the expansion explicitly set using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssetexpandfield </span>or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssetnoexpandfield </span>are governed by -</p><!--l. 2900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2901--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsexpandfields</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27022"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsexpandfields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2902--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2903--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 2904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 2905--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsnoexpandfields</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-27023"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnoexpandfields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 2906--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2908--><p class="indent" > If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch +</p><!--l. 2907--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2909--><p class="indent" > If your entries contain any fragile commands, I recommend you switch off expansion via <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnoexpandfields</span>. (This should be used before you define the entries.) </p> -<!--l. 2912--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2913--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5</span>  <a id="sec:subentries"></a>Sub-Entries</h3> -<!--l. 2915--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be +<!--l. 2916--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.17, it is possible to specify sub-entries. These may be used to order the glossary into categories, in which case the sub-entry will have a different name to its parent entry, or it may be used to distinguish different definitions for the same word, in which case the sub-entries will @@ -7094,17 +7095,17 @@ support hierarchical entries and may display all the entries in a flat format. Of the styles that support sub-entries, some display the sub-entry’s name whilst others don’t. Therefore you need to ensure that you use a suitable style. (See <a -href="#sec:styles">§15 </a><a +href="#sec:styles">§15 </a><a href="#sec:styles">Glossary Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:styles --></a> for a list of predefined styles.) As from version 3.0, level 1 sub-entries are automatically numbered in the predefined styles if you use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">subentrycounter</span><a id="dx1-28001"></a> package option (see <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3 </a><a +href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further details). -</p><!--l. 2930--><p class="indent" > Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if +</p><!--l. 2931--><p class="indent" > Note that the parent entry will automatically be added to the glossary if any of its child entries are used in the document. If the parent entry is not referenced in the document, it will not have a <a id="dx1-28002"></a><a @@ -7116,12 +7117,12 @@ href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-28005"></a></a> has a restriction on the maximum sub-entry depth. -</p><!--l. 2936--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2937--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2936--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2937--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5.1</span>  <a id="sec:hierarchical"></a>Hierarchical Categories</h4> -<!--l. 2939--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define +<!--l. 2940--><p class="noindent" >To arrange a glossary with hierarchical categories, you need to first define the category and then define the sub-entries using the relevant category entry as the value of the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">parent</span><a @@ -7131,13 +7132,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">parent</span><a <a id="x1-29002r4"></a> -</p><!--l. 2944--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 2945--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 4</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Hierarchical Categories—Greek and Roman</span> <span class="ec-lmbx-12">Mathematical Symbols)</span><a id="x1-29003"></a> -</p><!--l. 2946--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into +</p><!--l. 2947--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a glossary of mathematical symbols that are divided into Greek letters and Roman letters. Then I can define the categories as follows: @@ -7150,13 +7151,13 @@ follows:  <br />\newglossaryentry{romanletter}{name={Roman letters},  <br />description={\nopostdesc}} </div> -<!--l. 2955--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 2957--><p class="indent" > Note that in this example, the category entries don’t need a description +<!--l. 2956--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 2958--><p class="indent" > Note that in this example, the category entries don’t need a description so I have set the descriptions to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\nopostdesc</span><a id="dx1-29004"></a>. This gives a blank description and suppresses the description terminator. -</p><!--l. 2962--><p class="indent" > I can now define my sub-entries as follows: +</p><!--l. 2963--><p class="indent" > I can now define my sub-entries as follows: @@ -7170,20 +7171,20 @@ description and suppresses the description terminator.  <br />description={Euler’s constant},  <br />parent=romanletter} </div> -<!--l. 2972--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a +<!--l. 2973--><p class="nopar" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a href="#x1-6068r16"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sampletree.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 2974--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 2974--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 2976--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 2975--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 2975--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 2977--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 2976--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 2977--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5.2</span>  <a id="sec:homographs"></a>Homographs</h4> -<!--l. 2979--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don’t need to +<!--l. 2980--><p class="noindent" >Sub-entries that have the same name as the parent entry, don’t need to have the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">name</span><a id="dx1-30001"></a> key. For example, the word “glossary” can mean a list of @@ -7198,11 +7199,11 @@ technical words or a collection of glosses. In both cases the plural is  <br />description={\nopostdesc},  <br />plural={glossaries}} </div> -<!--l. 2988--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator +<!--l. 2989--><p class="nopar" > Again, the parent entry has no description, so the description terminator needs to be suppressed using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\nopostdesc</span><a id="dx1-30002"></a>. -</p><!--l. 2992--><p class="indent" > Now define the two different meanings of the word: +</p><!--l. 2993--><p class="indent" > Now define the two different meanings of the word: @@ -7217,7 +7218,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\nopostdesc</span><a  <br />sort={2},  <br />parent={glossary}} </div> -<!--l. 3003--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the +<!--l. 3004--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I reference the parent entry, the location will be added to the parent’s <a id="dx1-30003"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a @@ -7231,16 +7232,16 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort=use</span><a id="dx1-30006"></a> or <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort=def</span><a id="dx1-30007"></a> package options (see <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.4 </a><a +href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.4 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>). You can use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">subentrycounter</span><a id="dx1-30008"></a> package option to automatically number the first-level child entries. See <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3 </a><a +href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> for further details. -</p><!--l. 3015--><p class="indent" > In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the +</p><!--l. 3016--><p class="indent" > In the above example, the plural form for both of the child entries is the same as the parent entry, so the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">plural</span><a id="dx1-30009"></a> key was not required for the child @@ -7264,15 +7265,15 @@ be specified. For example:  <br />plural={bravoes},  <br />parent=bravo} </div> -<!--l. 3034--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3037--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3035--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3038--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3037--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3038--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.6</span>  <a id="sec:loadglsentries"></a>Loading Entries From a File</h3> -<!--l. 3040--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and +<!--l. 3041--><p class="noindent" >You can store all your glossary entry definitions in another file and use: -</p><!--l. 3042--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-31001"></a> <span @@ -7285,7 +7286,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">filename</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3044--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3045--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">filename</span><span @@ -7311,11 +7312,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a default). <a id="x1-31007r5"></a> -</p><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 5</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Loading Entries from Another File)</span><a id="x1-31008"></a> -</p><!--l. 3055--><p class="indent" > Suppose I have a file called <span +</p><!--l. 3056--><p class="indent" > Suppose I have a file called <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myentries.tex </span>which contains: @@ -7331,7 +7332,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myentries.tex </span>which contains:  <br />name={html},  <br />description={A mark up language}} </div> -<!--l. 3067--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command: +<!--l. 3068--><p class="nopar" > and suppose in my document preamble I use the command: @@ -7339,7 +7340,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myentries.tex </span>which contains: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69"> \loadglsentries[languages]{myentries} </div> -<!--l. 3071--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span +<!--l. 3072--><p class="nopar" > then this will add the entries <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">tex </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">html </span>to the glossary whose type is given by <span @@ -7349,13 +7350,13 @@ glossary, since it explicitly sets the type to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">main</span>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 3078--><p class="indent" > <span +<!--l. 3077--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3077--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 3079--><p class="indent" > <span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Note: </span>if you use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-31009"></a> (see <a -href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a +href="#sec:acronyms">§13 </a><a href="#sec:acronyms">Acronyms<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronyms --></a>) the type is set as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">type=\acronymtype</span></span></span> unless you explicitly override it. For example, if my @@ -7368,7 +7369,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myacronyms.tex </span>contains: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-70"> \newacronym{aca}{aca}{a contrived acronym} </div> -<!--l. 3084--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span +<!--l. 3085--><p class="nopar" > then (supposing I have defined a new glossary type called <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">altacronym</span>) @@ -7377,7 +7378,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">altacronym</span>) <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-71"> \loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms} </div> -<!--l. 3089--><p class="nopar" > will add <span +<!--l. 3090--><p class="nopar" > will add <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">aca </span>to the glossary type <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">acronym</span>, if the package option <span @@ -7391,7 +7392,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a specified.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x6" id="fn3x6-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><a id="x1-31012f3"></a> -</p><!--l. 3097--><p class="indent" > If you have used the <span +</p><!--l. 3098--><p class="indent" > If you have used the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a id="dx1-31016"></a> package option, there are two possible solutions to this problem: @@ -7407,7 +7408,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myacronyms.tex </span>so that entries are defined in t \newacronym[type=\glsdefaulttype]{aca}{aca}{a  <br />contrived acronym} </div> - <!--l. 3105--><p class="nopar" > and do: + <!--l. 3106--><p class="nopar" > and do: @@ -7415,7 +7416,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">myacronyms.tex </span>so that entries are defined in t <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73"> \loadglsentries[altacronym]{myacronyms} </div> - <!--l. 3109--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3110--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-31020x2">Temporarily change <span @@ -7429,19 +7430,19 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymtype </span>to the target glossary:  <br />\loadglsentries{myacronyms}  <br />\let\acronymtype\orgacronymtype </div> - <!--l. 3117--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> -<!--l. 3120--><p class="indent" > Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear + <!--l. 3118--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ol> +<!--l. 3121--><p class="indent" > Note that only those entries that have been used in the text will appear in the relevant glossaries. Note also that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\loadglsentries </span>may only be used in the preamble. -</p><!--l. 3125--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3126--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3125--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3126--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.7</span>  <a id="sec:moveentry"></a>Moving Entries to Another Glossary</h3> -<!--l. 3128--><p class="noindent" >As from version 3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another +<!--l. 3129--><p class="noindent" >As from version 3.02, you can move an entry from one glossary to another using: -</p><!--l. 3130--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsmoveentry</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-32001"></a> <span @@ -7455,7 +7456,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">target glossary label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3132--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3133--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -7466,12 +7467,12 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">target</span> class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is the unique label identifying the glossary in which to put the entry. -</p><!--l. 3137--><p class="indent" > Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target +</p><!--l. 3138--><p class="indent" > Note that no check is performed to determine the existence of the target glossary. This means that you can, for example, move an entry to an undefined glossary so you can use the entry in the document text but not have it listed in any of the glossaries. (Maybe you have an acronym that is so common it doesn’t need listing.) -</p><!--l. 3143--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you move an entry to an undefined glossary and you have +</p><!--l. 3144--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you move an entry to an undefined glossary and you have hyperlinked entries, the link will point to an undefined target. (Unless you identify that glossary using <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nohypertypes</span><a @@ -7479,7 +7480,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nohypertypes</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><a id="dx1-32003"></a>, as described in <a -href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a +href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>.) Also, you will get warnings about no file defined for that glossary (unless you use the <span @@ -7487,16 +7488,16 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nowarn</span><a id="dx1-32004"></a> package option). Unpredictable results may occur if you move an entry to a different glossary from its parent or children. </div> -</p><!--l. 3152--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3153--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3154--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3155--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3154--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3155--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8</span>  <a id="sec:docdefs"></a>Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</h3> -<!--l. 3157--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span +<!--l. 3158--><p class="noindent" >Originally, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-33001"></a> (and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a @@ -7507,12 +7508,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">document</span><a id="dx1-33003"></a><a id="dx1-33004"></a> environment instead of the preamble. -</p><!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3163--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3163--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8.1</span>  <a id="sec:techissues"></a>Technical Issues</h4> -<!--l. 3165--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 3166--><p class="noindent" > </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-34002x1">If you define an entry mid-way through your document, but @@ -7528,7 +7529,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries</span><a id="dx1-34006"></a>. When either of these commands occur at the start of the document, the entry details are being looked up before the entry has been defined.</li></ol> -<!--l. 3176--><p class="noindent" >To overcome these problems, <span +<!--l. 3177--><p class="noindent" >To overcome these problems, <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span><a id="dx1-34007"></a> v4.0 modifies the definition of <span @@ -7543,26 +7544,26 @@ then read in at the start of the document on the next run. The entry will then only be defined if it doesn’t already exist. This means that the entry can now be looked up in the glossary, even if the glossary occurs at the beginning of the document. -</p><!--l. 3185--><p class="indent" > There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry +</p><!--l. 3186--><p class="indent" > There are drawbacks to this mechanism: if you modify an entry definition, you need a second run to see the effect of your modification; this method requires an extra <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newwrite</span>, which may exceed <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>’s maximum allocation; if you have very long entries, you could find unexpected line breaks have been written to the temporary file. -</p><!--l. 3191--><p class="indent" > The last reason is why <span +</p><!--l. 3192--><p class="indent" > The last reason is why <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\longnewglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-34010"></a> has the preamble-only restriction, which I don’t intend to lift. -</p><!--l. 3194--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3194--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3195--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.8.2</span>  <a id="sec:goodpractice"></a>Good Practice Issues</h4> -<!--l. 3197--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to +<!--l. 3198--><p class="noindent" >The above section covers technical issues that can cause your document to have compilation errors or produce incorrect output. This section focuses on good writing practice. The main reason cited by users wanting to define entries within the <span @@ -7573,7 +7574,7 @@ that they want to write the definition as they type in their document text. This suggests a “stream of consciousness” style of writing that may be acceptable in certain literary genres but is inappropriate for factual documents. -</p><!--l. 3206--><p class="indent" > When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it’s a PhD +</p><!--l. 3207--><p class="indent" > When you write technical documents, regardless of whether it’s a PhD thesis or an article for a journal or proceedings, you must plan what you write in advance. If you plan in advance, you should have a fairly good idea of the type of terminology that your document will contain, so while you @@ -7586,7 +7587,7 @@ time. </p> -<!--l. 3216--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3217--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">5</span>  <a id="sec:numberlists"></a>Number lists</h2> Each entry in the glossary has an associated <a @@ -7595,9 +7596,9 @@ href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-36002"></a></a>. By default, these numbers refer to the pages on which that entry has been used (using any of the commands described in <a -href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a +href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> and <a -href="#sec:glsadd">§7 +href="#sec:glsadd">§7 </a><a href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>). The number list can be suppressed using the <span @@ -7609,7 +7610,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">counter</span><a package option. The number list is also referred to as the location list<a id="dx1-36005"></a>. -<!--l. 3228--><p class="indent" > Both <a +<!--l. 3229--><p class="indent" > Both <a id="dx1-36006"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a @@ -7636,15 +7637,15 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is either an integer or the keyword <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">none </span>which indicates that there should be no range formation. -</p><!--l. 3235--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 3236--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength </span>must be used before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-36013"></a> and has no effect if <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a id="dx1-36014"></a> is used. </div> -</p><!--l. 3238--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3240--><p class="indent" > With both <a +</p><!--l. 3239--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3241--><p class="indent" > With both <a id="dx1-36015"></a><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a @@ -7654,7 +7655,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-36018"></a></a>, you can replace the separator and the closing number in the range using: -</p><!--l. 3242--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3243--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixF</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-36019"></a> <span @@ -7663,8 +7664,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">suffix</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3244--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3245--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3246--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsSetSuffixFF</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-36020"></a> <span @@ -7673,7 +7674,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">suffix</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3247--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3248--><p class="noindent" > where the former command specifies the suffix to use for a 2 page list and the latter specifies the suffix to use for longer lists. For example: @@ -7685,7 +7686,7 @@ example: \glsSetSuffixF{f.}  <br />\glsSetSuffixFF{ff.} </div> -<!--l. 3254--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a +<!--l. 3255--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use <a id="dx1-36021"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -7698,7 +7699,7 @@ length to 1 if you want to change these suffixes: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76"> \GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{1} </div> -<!--l. 3260--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span +<!--l. 3261--><p class="nopar" > Note that if you use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-36023"></a> package, you will need to use <span @@ -7713,8 +7714,8 @@ For example: \glsSetSuffixF{\nohyperpage{f.}}  <br />\glsSetSuffixFF{\nohyperpage{ff.}} </div> -<!--l. 3267--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3269--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 3268--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3270--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsSetSuffixF </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsSetSuffixFF </span>must be used before <span @@ -7722,14 +7723,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-36025"></a> and have no effect if <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a id="dx1-36026"></a> is used. </div> -</p><!--l. 3273--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3274--><p class="noindent" > </p> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">6</span>  <a id="sec:glslink"></a>Links to Glossary Entries</h2> -<!--l. 3279--><p class="noindent" >Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span +<!--l. 3280--><p class="noindent" >Once you have defined a glossary entry using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-37001"></a>, you can refer to that entry in the document using one of the commands listed in @@ -7754,21 +7755,21 @@ is added to the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-37009"></a></a> for that entry. By default, the location refers to the page number. For further information on number lists, see <a -href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a +href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>. -</p><!--l. 3291--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> It is strongly recommended that you don’t use the commands +</p><!--l. 3292--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> It is strongly recommended that you don’t use the commands defined in this section in the arguments of sectioning or caption commands or any other command that has a moving argument. </div> -</p><!--l. 3295--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3297--><p class="indent" > The above warning is particularly important if you are using the +</p><!--l. 3296--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3298--><p class="indent" > The above warning is particularly important if you are using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package in conjunction with the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-37010"></a> package. Instead, use one of the commands listed in <a -href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a +href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> (such as <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrytext</span><a @@ -7782,8 +7783,8 @@ argument to the sectioning/caption command. Examples: \chapter{An overview of \glsentrytext{perl}}  <br />\chapter[An overview of Perl]{An overview of \gls{perl}} </div> -<!--l. 3306--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3308--><p class="indent" > If you want the <a +<!--l. 3307--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3309--><p class="indent" > If you want the <a id="dx1-37012"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-37013"></a></a> to produce a hyperlink to the corresponding @@ -7799,7 +7800,7 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-37016"></a></a>, you can click on the word or phrase and it will take you to a brief description in this document’s glossary. -</p><!--l. 3316--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span +</p><!--l. 3317--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-37017"></a> package, I strongly recommend you use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">pdflatex</span><a @@ -7820,8 +7821,8 @@ doesn’t correctly size hyperlinks in subscripts or superscripts. This means that if you define a term that may be used as a subscript or superscript, if you use the DVI format, it won’t come out the correct size. </div> -</p><!--l. 3329--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3331--><p class="indent" > It may be that you only want terms in a certain glossary to have links, +</p><!--l. 3330--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3332--><p class="indent" > It may be that you only want terms in a certain glossary to have links, but not for another glossary. In which case, you can use the package option <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nohypertypes</span><a @@ -7848,8 +7849,8 @@ Example: \usepackage[acronym,nohypertypes={common}]{glossaries}  <br />\newglossary{common}{cacr}{cacn}{Common Acronyms} </div> -<!--l. 3346--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can use -</p><!--l. 3348--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 3347--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you can use +</p><!--l. 3349--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37025"></a> <span @@ -7858,7 +7859,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">type</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3350--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3351--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -7869,12 +7870,12 @@ For example:  <br />\newglossary{common}{cacr}{cacn}{Common Acronyms}  <br />\GlsDeclareNoHyperList{common} </div> -<!--l. 3356--><p class="nopar" > Note that no check is performed to see if the glossary types listed in +<!--l. 3357--><p class="nopar" > Note that no check is performed to see if the glossary types listed in <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nohypertypes</span><a id="dx1-37026"></a> or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList </span>have been defined. -</p><!--l. 3361--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">The values must be fully expanded, so <span +</p><!--l. 3362--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">The values must be fully expanded, so <span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">don’t </span>try <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">nohypertypes=\acronymtype</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -7890,11 +7891,11 @@ when using the package option. So <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81"> \usepackage[nohypertypes={acronym,common}]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 3371--><p class="nopar" > is correct, but <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3372--><p class="nopar" > is correct, but <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">nohypertypes={{acronym},{common}}</span></span></span> won’t work. </div> -</p><!--l. 3373--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3375--><p class="indent" > You can override the effect of <span +</p><!--l. 3374--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3376--><p class="indent" > You can override the effect of <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nohypertypes</span><a id="dx1-37027"></a> or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsDeclareNoHyperList</span> @@ -7904,11 +7905,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyper</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink </span>or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="indent" > The way the <a +</p><!--l. 3381--><p class="indent" > The way the <a id="dx1-37029"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-37030"></a></a> is displayed depends on -</p><!--l. 3381--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3382--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glstextformat</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37031"></a> <span @@ -7917,7 +7918,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3383--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3384--><p class="noindent" > For example, to make all <a id="dx1-37032"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a @@ -7929,8 +7930,8 @@ href="#glo:linktext">link text<a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-82"> \renewcommand*{\glstextformat}[1]{\textsf{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 3388--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3390--><p class="indent" > Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a +<!--l. 3389--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3391--><p class="indent" > Each entry has an associated conditional referred to as the <a id="dx1-37034"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. This determines whether <span @@ -7948,11 +7949,11 @@ used without affecting the <a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> (for example, when used with <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span>). See <a -href="#sec:glsunset">§14 </a><a +href="#sec:glsunset">§14 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for commands that unset or reset this conditional. -</p><!--l. 3398--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 3399--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3399--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 3400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslink</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37040"></a> <span @@ -7969,7 +7970,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3401--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3402--><p class="noindent" > will place <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstextformat{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -8042,16 +8043,16 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">italic</span>) you <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-83"> \newcommand*{\textbfem}[1]{\textbf{\emph{#1}}} </div> - <!--l. 3428--><p class="nopar" > and use that command. - </p><!--l. 3431--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text + <!--l. 3429--><p class="nopar" > and use that command. + </p><!--l. 3432--><p class="noindent" >In this document, the standard formats refer to the standard text block commands such as <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textbf</span><a id="dx1-37049"></a> or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\emph</span><a id="dx1-37050"></a> or any of the commands listed in <a -href="#x1-370641">table 6.1</a>. - </p><!--l. 3435--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a +href="#sec:glsdisplay">table 6.1</a>. + </p><!--l. 3436--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <a id="dx1-37051"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -8082,11 +8083,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-84"> \GlsAddXdyAttribute{textbfem} </div> - <!--l. 3443--><p class="nopar" > See <a -href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a + <!--l. 3444--><p class="nopar" > See <a +href="#sec:xindy">§11 </a><a href="#sec:xindy">Xindy<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:xindy --></a> for further details. </div> - </p><!--l. 3445--><p class="noindent" > - </p><!--l. 3447--><p class="noindent" >Note that unlike <span + </p><!--l. 3446--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 3448--><p class="noindent" >Note that unlike <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\index</span><a id="dx1-37059"></a>, you can’t have anything following the command name, such as an asterisk or arguments. If you want to @@ -8096,10 +8097,10 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a the entry or use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssee</span><a id="dx1-37061"></a> (described in <a -href="#sec:crossref">§8 </a><a +href="#sec:crossref">§8 </a><a href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a>). - </p><!--l. 3454--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the + </p><!--l. 3455--><p class="noindent" >If you are using hyperlinks and you want to change the font of the hyperlinked location, don’t use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\hyperpage</span><a id="dx1-37062"></a> (provided by the <span @@ -8109,9 +8110,9 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a Instead, the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package provides number formats listed in <a -href="#x1-370641">table 6.1</a>. - </p><!--l. 3460--><p class="noindent" ><a - id="x1-370641"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" +href="#sec:glsdisplay">table 6.1</a>. + </p><!--l. 3461--><p class="noindent" ><a + id="sec:glsdisplay"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > <div class="caption"><table class="caption" ><tr style="vertical-align:baseline;" class="caption"><td class="id">Table 6.1: </td><td @@ -8182,7 +8183,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">hyperemph</span><a class="td11"> emphasized hyperlink </td></tr></table> </div> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> - <!--l. 3480--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span + <!--l. 3481--><p class="noindent" >Note that if the <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\hyperlink</span><a id="dx1-37075"></a> command hasn’t been defined, the <span @@ -8210,7 +8211,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\hyperbsf</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85"> \newcommand{\hyperbsf}[1]{\textbf{\hypersf{#1}}} </div> - <!--l. 3490--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span + <!--l. 3491--><p class="nopar" > and then use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">hyperbsf </span>as the value for the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">format</span><a id="dx1-37077"></a> key. (See @@ -8229,14 +8230,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-86"> \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbsf} </div> - <!--l. 3498--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 3499--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">counter</span><a id="dx1-37080"></a> </dt><dd class="description">This specifies which counter to use for this location. This overrides the default counter used by this entry. (See also <a -href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a +href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -8275,8 +8276,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">local=true</span>, the change to the <a current scope. The default is <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">local=false</span>. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 3521--><p class="noindent" >There is also a starred version: -</p><!--l. 3522--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 3522--><p class="noindent" >There is also a starred version: +</p><!--l. 3523--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslink*</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37089"></a> <span @@ -8293,13 +8294,13 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3524--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3525--><p class="noindent" > which is equivalent to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span>, except it sets <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">hyper=false</span>. Similarly, all the following commands described in this section also have a starred version that disables the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 3530--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use commands like <span +</p><!--l. 3531--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use commands like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink </span>or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls </span>in the <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -8307,9 +8308,9 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>argument of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 3533--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3535--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 3536--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3534--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3536--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 3537--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\gls</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37090"></a> <span @@ -8326,7 +8327,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3538--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3539--><p class="noindent" > is the same as <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span>, except that the <a id="dx1-37091"></a><a @@ -8354,8 +8355,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls </span>will mark the entry’s <a id="dx1-37099"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> as used. -</p><!--l. 3548--><p class="indent" > There are two uppercase variants: -</p><!--l. 3549--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3549--><p class="indent" > There are two uppercase variants: +</p><!--l. 3550--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Gls</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37100"></a> <span @@ -8372,9 +8373,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3551--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3552--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 3553--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3554--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLS</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37101"></a> <span @@ -8391,10 +8392,10 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3555--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3556--><p class="noindent" > which make the first letter of the link text or all the link text uppercase, respectively. -</p><!--l. 3559--><p class="indent" > The final optional argument <span +</p><!--l. 3560--><p class="indent" > The final optional argument <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>, allows you to insert some @@ -8403,10 +8404,10 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>at the end of the link text, but this can be changed (see <a -href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a +href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>). -</p><!--l. 3564--><p class="indent" > The first optional argument <span +</p><!--l. 3565--><p class="indent" > The first optional argument <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">options</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is the same as the optional @@ -8416,7 +8417,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a id="dx1-37103"></a>, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 3568--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use commands like <span +</p><!--l. 3569--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use commands like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink </span>or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls </span>in the <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -8424,9 +8425,9 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>argument of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls </span>and its variants. </div> -</p><!--l. 3571--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3573--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous plural forms: -</p><!--l. 3574--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3572--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3574--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous plural forms: +</p><!--l. 3575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glspl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37104"></a> <span @@ -8443,8 +8444,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3576--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3577--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3577--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3578--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glspl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37105"></a> <span @@ -8461,8 +8462,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3579--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3580--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3580--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37106"></a> <span @@ -8479,7 +8480,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3582--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3583--><p class="noindent" > These determine the link text from the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">plural</span><a id="dx1-37107"></a> and <span @@ -8487,7 +8488,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-37108"></a> keys supplied when the entry was first defined. As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 3588--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you +</p><!--l. 3589--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful when you use glossary entries in math mode especially if you are using <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-37109"></a> as it can affect the spacing of subscripts and @@ -8501,7 +8502,7 @@ entry: \newglossaryentry{Falpha}{name={F_\alpha},  <br />description=sample} </div> -<!--l. 3596--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode: +<!--l. 3597--><p class="nopar" > and later you use it in math mode: @@ -8509,7 +8510,7 @@ entry: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-88"> $\gls{Falpha}^2$ </div> -<!--l. 3600--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span +<!--l. 3601--><p class="nopar" > This will result in <span class="lmmi-10x-x-109">F</span><sub><span class="lmmi-8x-x-103">α</span></sub><sup><span class="rm-lmr-8x-x-103">2</span></sup> instead of <span @@ -8528,9 +8529,9 @@ argument: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-89"> $\gls{Falpha}[^2]$ </div> -<!--l. 3606--><p class="nopar" > </div> -</p><!--l. 3607--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3609--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +<!--l. 3607--><p class="nopar" > </div> +</p><!--l. 3608--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3610--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a id="dx1-37110"></a> doesn’t use or affect the <a id="dx1-37111"></a><a @@ -8540,10 +8541,10 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplay</span><a id="dx1-37112"></a> or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a id="dx1-37113"></a> (see <a -href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a +href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>). Instead, you can use: -</p><!--l. 3612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3613--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37114"></a> <span @@ -8560,7 +8561,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">link text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3614--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3615--><p class="noindent" > This behaves in the same way as <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a id="dx1-37115"></a>, except that it uses <span @@ -8583,8 +8584,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplay</span><a id="dx1-37119"></a> or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a id="dx1-37120"></a>. -</p><!--l. 3621--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 3622--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3622--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 3623--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glstext</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37121"></a> <span @@ -8601,7 +8602,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3624--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3625--><p class="noindent" > is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a id="dx1-37122"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span @@ -8622,8 +8623,8 @@ or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a id="dx1-37126"></a>. (The same is true for all the following commands described in this section.) -</p><!--l. 3633--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 3634--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3634--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 3635--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glstext</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37127"></a> <span @@ -8640,8 +8641,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3636--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3637--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3637--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3638--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLStext</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37128"></a> <span @@ -8658,10 +8659,10 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3639--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3640--><p class="noindent" > As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 3643--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When used with acronyms, these commands don’t use <span +</p><!--l. 3644--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When used with acronyms, these commands don’t use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont</span><a id="dx1-37129"></a>. For example, if you use the <span @@ -8670,9 +8671,9 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls </span>will use small caps but <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext </span>won’t. </div> -</p><!--l. 3647--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3649--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 3650--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3648--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3650--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 3651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37131"></a> <span @@ -8689,7 +8690,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3652--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3653--><p class="noindent" > is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext </span>except that it always uses the value of the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">first</span><a @@ -8704,8 +8705,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is always appended to the end of the link affect the <a id="dx1-37133"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. -</p><!--l. 3658--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 3659--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3659--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 3660--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37134"></a> <span @@ -8722,8 +8723,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3661--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3662--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3662--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3663--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSfirst</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37135"></a> <span @@ -8740,11 +8741,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3664--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3665--><p class="noindent" > As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 3668--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 3669--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3669--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 3670--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37136"></a> <span @@ -8761,7 +8762,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3671--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3672--><p class="noindent" > is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-37137"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span @@ -8772,8 +8773,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is always appended to the end of the link text and does not mark the entry as having been used. -</p><!--l. 3677--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 3678--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3678--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 3679--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37139"></a> <span @@ -8790,8 +8791,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3680--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3681--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3681--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3682--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37140"></a> <span @@ -8808,10 +8809,10 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3683--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3684--><p class="noindent" > As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 3687--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When used with acronyms, these commands don’t use <span +</p><!--l. 3688--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> When used with acronyms, these commands don’t use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont</span><a id="dx1-37141"></a>. For example, if you use the <span @@ -8820,9 +8821,9 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl </span>will use small caps but <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsplural </span>won’t. </div> -</p><!--l. 3691--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3693--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 3694--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3692--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3694--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 3695--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsfirstplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37143"></a> <span @@ -8840,7 +8841,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3696--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3697--><p class="noindent" > is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-37144"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span @@ -8851,8 +8852,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is always appended to the end of the link text and does not mark the entry as having been used. -</p><!--l. 3702--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 3703--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3703--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 3704--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsfirstplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37146"></a> <span @@ -8870,8 +8871,8 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3705--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3706--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3706--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3707--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSfirstplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37147"></a> <span @@ -8889,14 +8890,14 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3708--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3709--><p class="noindent" > As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 3712--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 3713--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3713--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 3714--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsname</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37148"></a> <span @@ -8913,7 +8914,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3715--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3716--><p class="noindent" > is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-37149"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span @@ -8924,8 +8925,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is always appended to the end of the link text and does not mark the entry as having been used. -</p><!--l. 3721--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 3722--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3722--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 3723--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsname</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37151"></a> <span @@ -8942,8 +8943,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3724--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3725--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3725--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3726--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSname</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37152"></a> <span @@ -8960,11 +8961,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3727--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3728--><p class="noindent" > As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 3731--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 3732--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3732--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 3733--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssymbol</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37153"></a> <span @@ -8981,7 +8982,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3734--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3735--><p class="noindent" > is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-37154"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span @@ -8992,8 +8993,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is always appended to the end of the link text and does not mark the entry as having been used. -</p><!--l. 3740--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 3741--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3741--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 3742--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glssymbol</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37156"></a> <span @@ -9010,8 +9011,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3743--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3744--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3744--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3745--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSsymbol</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37157"></a> <span @@ -9028,11 +9029,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3746--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3747--><p class="noindent" > As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 3750--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 3751--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3751--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 3752--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37158"></a> <span @@ -9049,7 +9050,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3753--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3754--><p class="noindent" > is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-37159"></a> except that it always uses the value of the @@ -9060,8 +9061,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is always appended to the end of the link text and does not mark the entry as having been used. -</p><!--l. 3759--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 3760--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3760--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 3761--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsdesc</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37161"></a> <span @@ -9078,8 +9079,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3762--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3763--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3763--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3764--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSdesc</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37162"></a> <span @@ -9096,14 +9097,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3765--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3766--><p class="noindent" > As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. -</p><!--l. 3769--><p class="indent" > The command: -</p><!--l. 3770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3770--><p class="indent" > The command: +</p><!--l. 3771--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuseri</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37163"></a> <span @@ -9120,7 +9121,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3772--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3773--><p class="noindent" > is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-37164"></a> except that it always uses the value of the <span @@ -9131,8 +9132,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is always appended to the end of the link text and does not mark the entry as having been used. -</p><!--l. 3778--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: -</p><!--l. 3779--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3779--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands: +</p><!--l. 3780--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuseri</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37166"></a> <span @@ -9149,8 +9150,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3781--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3782--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuseri</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37167"></a> <span @@ -9167,10 +9168,10 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3784--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3785--><p class="noindent" > As before, these commands also have a starred version that disable the hyperlink. Similarly for the other user keys: -</p><!--l. 3787--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3788--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuserii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37168"></a> <span @@ -9187,8 +9188,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3789--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3790--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3790--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3791--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuserii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37169"></a> <span @@ -9205,8 +9206,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3792--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3793--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3794--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuserii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37170"></a> <span @@ -9223,8 +9224,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3795--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3796--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3796--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3797--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuseriii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37171"></a> <span @@ -9241,8 +9242,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3798--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3799--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3799--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3800--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuseriii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37172"></a> <span @@ -9259,8 +9260,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3801--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3802--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3802--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3803--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuseriii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37173"></a> <span @@ -9277,8 +9278,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3804--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3805--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3805--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3806--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuseriv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37174"></a> <span @@ -9295,8 +9296,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3807--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3808--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3808--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3809--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuseriv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37175"></a> <span @@ -9313,8 +9314,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3810--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3811--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3811--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuseriv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37176"></a> <span @@ -9331,8 +9332,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3813--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3814--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3814--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3815--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuserv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37177"></a> <span @@ -9352,8 +9353,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3816--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3817--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3817--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuserv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37178"></a> <span @@ -9370,8 +9371,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3819--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3820--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3820--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3821--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuserv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37179"></a> <span @@ -9388,8 +9389,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3822--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3823--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3823--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3824--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsuservi</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37180"></a> <span @@ -9406,8 +9407,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3825--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3826--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3826--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsuservi</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37181"></a> <span @@ -9424,8 +9425,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3828--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3829--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3829--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3830--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GLSuservi</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-37182"></a> <span @@ -9442,11 +9443,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3831--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3832--><p class="noindent" > </p> <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.1</span>  <a id="sec:glsdisplay"></a>Changing the format of the link text</h3> -<!--l. 3836--><p class="noindent" >The format of the <a +<!--l. 3837--><p class="noindent" >The format of the <a id="dx1-38001"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-38002"></a></a> for <span @@ -9460,27 +9461,27 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisp</span><a by<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x8" id="fn1x8-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-38006f1"></a>: -</p><!--l. 3841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3842--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38010"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3843--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3844--><p class="noindent" > If you want to redefine this command, you may use the following commands within its definition: -</p><!--l. 3847--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3848--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslabel</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38011"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3849--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3850--><p class="noindent" > This is the label of the entry being referenced. -</p><!--l. 3852--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3853--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glscustomtext</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38012"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glscustomtext </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3854--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3855--><p class="noindent" > This is the custom text supplied in <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisp</span>. It’s always empty for <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a @@ -9493,17 +9494,17 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">etoolbox</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\ifdefempty</span> to determine if <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glscustomtext </span>is empty.) -</p><!--l. 3860--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3861--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsinsert</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38016"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsinsert </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3862--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3863--><p class="noindent" > The custom text supplied in the final optional argument to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span>, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl</span> and their uppercase variants. -</p><!--l. 3866--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsifplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38017"></a> <span @@ -9516,7 +9517,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3868--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3869--><p class="noindent" > If <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl</span>, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glspl </span>or <span @@ -9531,7 +9532,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 3872--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3873--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glscapscase</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38018"></a> <span @@ -9549,7 +9550,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">all caps</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3874--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3875--><p class="noindent" > If <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span>, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl </span>or <span @@ -9569,23 +9570,23 @@ does <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">all caps</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 3879--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also use commands such as <span +</p><!--l. 3880--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also use commands such as <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\ifglsused</span><a id="dx1-38019"></a> within the definition of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt </span>(see <a -href="#sec:glsunset">§14 </a><a +href="#sec:glsunset">§14 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>). -</p><!--l. 3882--><p class="indent" > If you only want to make minor modifications to <span +</p><!--l. 3883--><p class="indent" > If you only want to make minor modifications to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt</span>, you can use -</p><!--l. 3884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38020"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgenentryfmt </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3886--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3887--><p class="noindent" > This uses the above commands to display just the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">first</span><a id="dx1-38021"></a>, <span @@ -9596,21 +9597,21 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">plural</span><a <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">firstplural</span><a id="dx1-38024"></a> keys (or the custom text) with the insert text appended. -</p><!--l. 3891--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 3892--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt </span>is not used by <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a id="dx1-38025"></a> or any of the other commands, such as <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-38026"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 3894--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3895--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-38027r6"></a> -</p><!--l. 3896--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 3897--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 6</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Custom Entry Display in Text)</span><a id="x1-38028"></a> -</p><!--l. 3897--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, you can use the +</p><!--l. 3898--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want a glossary of measurements and units, you can use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a id="dx1-38029"></a> key to store the unit: @@ -9623,7 +9624,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a  <br />description={The length between two points},  <br />symbol={km}} </div> -<!--l. 3903--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3904--><p class="nopar" > and now suppose you want <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> to produce “distance (km)” on <a id="dx1-38030"></a><a @@ -9640,14 +9641,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt</span><a  <br />  \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space (\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3912--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 3914--><p class="indent" > (Note that I’ve used <span +<!--l. 3913--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 3915--><p class="indent" > (Note that I’ve used <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrysymbol</span><a id="dx1-38032"></a> rather than <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssymbol</span><a id="dx1-38033"></a> to avoid nested hyperlinks.) -</p><!--l. 3917--><p class="indent" > Note also that all of the <a +</p><!--l. 3918--><p class="indent" > Note also that all of the <a id="dx1-38034"></a><a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-38035"></a></a> will be formatted according to @@ -9665,18 +9666,18 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstextformat</span><a  <br />  \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space(\glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3925--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 3926--><p class="nopar" > then <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{distance}</span></span></span> will produce “<span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">distance (km)</span>”. -</p><!--l. 3928--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a +</p><!--l. 3929--><p class="indent" > For a complete document, see the sample file <a href="#x1-6122r28"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample-entryfmt.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 3929--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3929--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 3931--><p class="indent" > If you have multiple glossaries, changing <span +<!--l. 3930--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3930--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 3932--><p class="indent" > If you have multiple glossaries, changing <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt </span>will change the way entries for all of the glossaries appear when using the commands <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a @@ -9688,7 +9689,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisp</span><a id="dx1-38039"></a>. If you only want the change to affect entries for a given glossary, then you need to use -</p><!--l. 3937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\defglsentryfmt</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-38040"></a> <span @@ -9701,7 +9702,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">definition</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3939--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3940--><p class="noindent" > instead of redefining <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt</span>. The optional first argument <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -9713,11 +9714,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdefaulttype</span><a second argument is the entry format definition. <a id="x1-38042r7"></a> -</p><!--l. 3945--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 3946--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 7</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Custom Format for Particular Glossary)</span><a id="x1-38043"></a> -</p><!--l. 3946--><p class="indent" > Suppose you have created a new glossary called <span +</p><!--l. 3947--><p class="indent" > Suppose you have created a new glossary called <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">notation </span>and you want to change the way the entry is displayed on <a id="dx1-38044"></a><a @@ -9731,7 +9732,7 @@ symbol, you can do: \defglsentryfmt[notation]{\glsgenentryfmt  <br /> \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\space(denoted \glsentrysymbol{\glslabel})}} </div> -<!--l. 3952--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows: +<!--l. 3953--><p class="nopar" > Now suppose you have defined an entry as follows: @@ -9743,7 +9744,7 @@ symbol, you can do:  <br />  symbol={$S$}  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 3960--><p class="nopar" > The <a +<!--l. 3961--><p class="nopar" > The <a id="dx1-38045"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first time</a> you reference this entry it will be displayed as: “set (denoted <span @@ -9752,18 +9753,18 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a id="dx1-38046"></a> was used). </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 3963--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 3963--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 3965--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you use the <span +<!--l. 3964--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3964--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 3966--><p class="indent" > Remember that if you use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a id="dx1-38047"></a> key, you need to use a glossary style that displays the symbol, as many of the styles ignore it. -</p><!--l. 3969--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3970--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 3969--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 3970--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">6.2</span>  <a id="sec:disablehyperlinks"></a>Enabling and disabling hyperlinks to glossary entries</h3> -<!--l. 3972--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span +<!--l. 3973--><p class="noindent" >If you load the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-39001"></a> or <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">html</span><a @@ -9780,19 +9781,19 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyper</span><a id="dx1-39005"></a> option has been set to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">false</span>. You can disable or enable links using: -</p><!--l. 3977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdisablehyper</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39006"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisablehyper </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3979--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3980--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 3981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 3982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsenablehyper</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-39007"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsenablehyper </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 3983--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 3984--><p class="noindent" > respectively. The effect can be localised by placing the commands within a group. Note that you should only use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsenablehyper </span>if the commands @@ -9804,7 +9805,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\hypertarget</span><a <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-39010"></a> package). -</p><!--l. 3989--><p class="indent" > You can disable just the <a +</p><!--l. 3990--><p class="indent" > You can disable just the <a id="dx1-39011"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> links using the package option <span @@ -9827,13 +9828,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a <a id="x1-39018r8"></a> -</p><!--l. 3994--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 3995--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 8</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (First Use With Hyperlinked Footnote</span> <span class="ec-lmbx-12">Description)</span><a id="x1-39019"></a> -</p><!--l. 3995--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the <a +</p><!--l. 3996--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the <a id="dx1-39020"></a>first use to have a hyperlink to the description in a footnote instead of hyperlinking to the relevant place in the glossary. First I need to disable the hyperlinks on first use via the package option @@ -9847,10 +9848,10 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperfirst=false</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-95"> \usepackage[hyperfirst=false]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 4001--><p class="nopar" > Now I need to redefine <span +<!--l. 4002--><p class="nopar" > Now I need to redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-39022"></a> (see <a -href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a +href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>): @@ -9863,17 +9864,17 @@ the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>):  <br />  \ifglsused{\glslabel}{}{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4009--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4011--><p class="indent" > Now the first use won’t have hyperlinked text, but will be followed by a +<!--l. 4010--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4012--><p class="indent" > Now the first use won’t have hyperlinked text, but will be followed by a footnote. See the sample file <a href="#x1-6027r6"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample-FnDesc.tex</span></a> for a complete document. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4014--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4014--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 4016--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span +<!--l. 4015--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4015--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 4017--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperfirst</span><a id="dx1-39023"></a> option applies to all defined glossaries. It may be that you only want to disable the hyperlinks on <a @@ -9885,7 +9886,7 @@ the entries that require hyperlinking for all instances have identical first and subsequent text, they can be unset via <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsunsetall</span><a id="dx1-39026"></a> (see <a -href="#sec:glsunset">§14 +href="#sec:glsunset">§14 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>) so that the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperfirst</span><a @@ -9893,13 +9894,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperfirst</span><a get applied. <a id="x1-39028r9"></a> -</p><!--l. 4026--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 4027--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 9</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Suppressing Hyperlinks on First Use Just For</span> <span class="ec-lmbx-12">Acronyms)</span><a id="x1-39029"></a> -</p><!--l. 4027--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to suppress the hyperlink on <a +</p><!--l. 4028--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want to suppress the hyperlink on <a id="dx1-39030"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for acronyms but not for entries in the main glossary. I can load the <span @@ -9912,7 +9913,7 @@ using: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97"> \usepackage[hyperfirst=false,acronym]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 4032--><p class="nopar" > Once all glossary entries have been defined I then do: +<!--l. 4033--><p class="nopar" > Once all glossary entries have been defined I then do: @@ -9920,36 +9921,36 @@ using: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-98"> \glsunsetall[main] </div> -<!--l. 4036--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 4037--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4038--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4038--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 4040--><p class="indent" > For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch off all +<!--l. 4039--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4039--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 4041--><p class="indent" > For more complex requirements, you might find it easier to switch off all hyperlinks via <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisablehyper</span><a id="dx1-39031"></a> and put the hyperlinks (where required) within the definition of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-39032"></a> (see <a -href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a +href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>) via <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glshyperlink</span><a id="dx1-39033"></a> (see <a -href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a +href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>). <a id="x1-39034r10"></a> -</p><!--l. 4047--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 4048--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 10</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Only Hyperlink in Text Mode Not Math</span> <span class="ec-lmbx-12">Mode)</span><a id="x1-39035"></a> -</p><!--l. 4048--><p class="indent" > This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason, I only +</p><!--l. 4049--><p class="indent" > This is a bit of a contrived example, but suppose, for some reason, I only want commands like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a id="dx1-39036"></a> and <span @@ -9977,7 +9978,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryfmt</span><a  <br />  \fi  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4065--><p class="nopar" > To ensure the target exists, the hyperlinks must be enabled again when +<!--l. 4066--><p class="nopar" > To ensure the target exists, the hyperlinks must be enabled again when the glossary is displayed: @@ -9987,7 +9988,7 @@ the glossary is displayed: \renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{\glsenablehyper}  <br />\renewcommand{\glossarypostamble}{\glsdisablehyper} </div> -<!--l. 4071--><p class="nopar" > (The redefinition of <span +<!--l. 4072--><p class="nopar" > (The redefinition of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarypostamble</span><a id="dx1-39039"></a> is only necessary if the glossary is displayed at the start of the document instead of at the end.) See the @@ -9997,17 +9998,17 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample-nomathhyper.tex</span></a> for a complete docum </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4077--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4077--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 4078--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4078--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 4079--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4080--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">7</span>  <a id="sec:glsadd"></a>Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text</h2> It is possible to add a line in the glossary file without generating any text at that point in the document using: -<!--l. 4084--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4085--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsadd</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-40001"></a> <span @@ -10020,7 +10021,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4086--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4087--><p class="noindent" > This is similar to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslink</span><a id="dx1-40002"></a>, only it doesn’t produce any text (so therefore, @@ -10046,9 +10047,9 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">set</span>:  <br />Lots of text about sets spanning many pages.  <br />\glsadd[format=)]{set} </div> -<!--l. 4097--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4099--><p class="indent" > To add all entries that have been defined, use: -</p><!--l. 4100--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4098--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4100--><p class="indent" > To add all entries that have been defined, use: +</p><!--l. 4101--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsaddall</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-40005"></a> <span @@ -10057,7 +10058,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">options</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4102--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4103--><p class="noindent" > The optional argument is the same as for <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsadd</span>, except there is also a key <span @@ -10077,8 +10078,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">notation</span>) then you can do: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-102"> \glsaddall[types={\acronymtype,notation}] </div> -<!--l. 4113--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4115--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 4114--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4116--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsadd </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsaddall </span>add the current location to the <a @@ -10094,11 +10095,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nonumberlist</span><a sections <a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">2.3<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a> and <a href="#sec:numberlists">5<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>.) </div> -</p><!--l. 4122--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4124--><p class="indent" > There is now a variation of <span +</p><!--l. 4123--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4125--><p class="indent" > There is now a variation of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsaddall </span>that skips any entries that have already been used: -</p><!--l. 4126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4127--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsaddallunused</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-40011"></a> <span @@ -10107,7 +10108,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4128--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4129--><p class="noindent" > This command uses <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsadd[format=@gobble] </span>which will ignore this location in the number list. The optional argument <span @@ -10118,11 +10119,11 @@ comma-separated list of glossary types. If omitted, it defaults to the list of all defined glossaries. <a id="x1-40012r11"></a> -</p><!--l. 4134--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 11</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Dual Entries)</span><a id="x1-40013"></a> -</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a +</p><!--l. 4136--><p class="indent" > The sample file <a href="#x1-6069r17"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample-dual.tex</span></a> makes use of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsadd </span>to allow for an @@ -10138,7 +10139,7 @@ package option: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103"> \usepackage[acronym]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 4141--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual +<!--l. 4142--><p class="nopar" > A new command is then defined to make it easier to define dual entries: @@ -10154,8 +10155,8 @@ entries:  <br />  \newacronym{#2}{#3\glsadd{main-#2}}{#4}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4153--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax: -</p><!--l. 4156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +<!--l. 4154--><p class="nopar" > This has the following syntax: +</p><!--l. 4157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newdualentry</span><a id="dx1-40015"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">[</span><span @@ -10180,7 +10181,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">description</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4157--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4158--><p class="noindent" > You can then define a new dual entry: @@ -10192,21 +10193,21 @@ You can then define a new dual entry:  <br />  {support vector machine}% long form  <br />  {Statistical pattern recognition technique}% description </div> -<!--l. 4164--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 4165--><p class="nopar" > Now you can reference the acronym with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> or you can reference the entry in the main glossary with <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{main-svm}</span></span></span>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4167--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4167--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 4168--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4168--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">8</span>  <a id="sec:crossref"></a>Cross-Referencing Entries</h2> -<!--l. 4172--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span +<!--l. 4173--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-41001"></a> <span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">before </span>defining any cross-referenced @@ -10214,8 +10215,8 @@ entries. If any of the terms that you have cross-referenced don’t appear i the glossary, check that you have put <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries </span>before all entry definitions. </div> -</p><!--l. 4177--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4179--><p class="noindent" >There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary: +</p><!--l. 4178--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4180--><p class="noindent" >There are several ways of cross-referencing entries in the glossary: </p><ol class="enumerate1" > <li class="enumerate" id="x1-41003x1">You can use commands such as <span @@ -10229,7 +10230,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a \newglossaryentry{apple}{name=apple,  <br />description={firm, round fruit. See also \gls{pear}}} </div> - <!--l. 4188--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don’t use the cross-referenced + <!--l. 4189--><p class="nopar" > Note that with this method, if you don’t use the cross-referenced term in the main part of the document, you will need two runs of <a id="dx1-41005"></a><a @@ -10247,11 +10248,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a  <br />makeglossaries filename  <br />latex filename </div> - <!--l. 4198--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4199--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-41008x2">As described in <a -href="#sec:newglosentry">§4 </a><a +href="#sec:newglosentry">§4 </a><a href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a>, you can use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a id="dx1-41009"></a> key @@ -10265,19 +10266,19 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a  <br />description={Series expansion},  <br />see={TaylorsTheorem}} </div> - <!--l. 4207--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span + <!--l. 4208--><p class="nopar" > Note that in this case, the entry with the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a id="dx1-41010"></a> key will automatically be added to the glossary, but the cross-referenced entry won’t. You therefore need to ensure that you use the cross-referenced term with the commands described in <a -href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a +href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> or <a -href="#sec:glsadd">§7 </a><a +href="#sec:glsadd">§7 </a><a href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a>. - </p><!--l. 4214--><p class="noindent" >The “see” tag is produce using <span + </p><!--l. 4215--><p class="noindent" >The “see” tag is produce using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\seename</span><a id="dx1-41011"></a>, but can be overridden in specific instances using square brackets at the start of the <span @@ -10294,11 +10295,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a  <br />description={Series expansion},  <br />see=[see also]{TaylorsTheorem}} </div> - <!--l. 4222--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4223--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-41014x3">After you have defined the entry, use - <!--l. 4225--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 4226--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssee</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-41015"></a> <span @@ -10315,7 +10316,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">xr label list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 4227--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 4228--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">xr label list</span><span @@ -10341,7 +10342,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\seename</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110"> \glssee[see also]{series}{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem} </div> - <!--l. 4235--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by <span + <!--l. 4236--><p class="nopar" > Note that this automatically adds the entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>to the @@ -10351,7 +10352,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">xr</span> <span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>) to the glossary.</p></li></ol> -<!--l. 4241--><p class="indent" > In both cases 2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information +<!--l. 4242--><p class="indent" > In both cases 2 and 3 above, the cross-referenced information appears in the <a id="dx1-41017"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a @@ -10380,7 +10381,7 @@ automatically activate the <a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">seeautonumberlist</span><a id="dx1-41028"></a> package option. -</p><!--l. 4253--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span +</p><!--l. 4254--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You must use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-41029"></a> <span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">before </span>the entry definitions containing @@ -10390,17 +10391,17 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssee</span><a id="dx1-41031"></a> or the entry won’t be automatically added to the glossary. </div> -</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4259--><p class="noindent" > </p> <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">8.1</span>  <a id="sec:customxr"></a>Customising Cross-reference Text</h3> -<!--l. 4263--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span +<!--l. 4264--><p class="noindent" >When you use either the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">see</span><a id="dx1-42001"></a> key or the command <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssee</span>, the cross-referencing information will be typeset in the glossary according to: -</p><!--l. 4266--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4267--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsseeformat</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42002"></a> <span @@ -10418,7 +10419,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">location</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4268--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4269--><p class="noindent" > The default definition of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseeformat </span>is: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h"> <br /><span @@ -10448,31 +10449,31 @@ href="#fn2x10" id="fn2x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a \renewcommand*{\glsseeformat}[3][\seename]{\textbf{#1}  <br /> \glsseelist{#2}} </div> -<!--l. 4284--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4287--><p class="indent" > The list of labels is dealt with by <span +<!--l. 4285--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4288--><p class="indent" > The list of labels is dealt with by <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseelist</span>, which iterates through the list and typesets each entry in the label. The entries are separated by -</p><!--l. 4290--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4291--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsseesep</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42009"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseesep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4292--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4293--><p class="noindent" > or (for the last pair) -</p><!--l. 4294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4295--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsseelastsep</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42010"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseelastsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4296--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4297--><p class="noindent" > These default to “<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">,\space</span></span></span>” and “<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\space\andname</span><a id="dx1-42011"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\space</span>” respectively. The list entry text is displayed using: -</p><!--l. 4300--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4301--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsseeitemformat</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-42012"></a> <span @@ -10481,7 +10482,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4303--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrytext</span><a @@ -10502,8 +10503,8 @@ For example, to make the cross-referenced list use small caps: \renewcommand{\glsseeitemformat}[1]{%  <br />  \textsc{\glsentrytext{#1}}} </div> -<!--l. 4310--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4312--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span +<!--l. 4311--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4313--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseeformat</span><a id="dx1-42018"></a> and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsseelist</span><a @@ -10520,13 +10521,13 @@ Some information (see also  <br />\glsseelist{FourierSeries,TaylorsTheorem}%  <br />\glsadd{FourierSeries}\glsadd{TaylorsTheorem}). </div> -<!--l. 4321--><p class="nopar" > </div> -</p><!--l. 4322--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 4322--><p class="nopar" > </div> +</p><!--l. 4323--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4324--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4325--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">9</span>  <a id="sec:glsnolink"></a>Using Glossary Terms Without Links</h2> The commands described in this section display entry details @@ -10540,7 +10541,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> and, apart from <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glshyperlink</span><a id="dx1-43003"></a>, they don’t produce hyperlinks. -<!--l. 4333--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Commands that aren’t expandable will be ignored by PDF bookmarks, +<!--l. 4334--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Commands that aren’t expandable will be ignored by PDF bookmarks, so you will need to provide an alternative via <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-43004"></a>’s <span @@ -10551,8 +10552,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package.) See the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-43005"></a> documentation for further details. </div> -</p><!--l. 4339--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4340--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4342--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryname</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43006"></a> <span @@ -10561,8 +10562,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4343--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4344--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryname</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43007"></a> <span @@ -10571,7 +10572,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4346--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4347--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the name of the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -10587,7 +10588,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. The first form <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryname </span>is expandable (unless the name contains unexpandable commands). -</p><!--l. 4354--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43009"></a> <span @@ -10596,7 +10597,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4356--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4357--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnamefont</span>{<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryname{</span><span @@ -10619,8 +10620,8 @@ required fonts. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-114"> \renewcommand*{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textmd{\sffamily #1}} </div> -<!--l. 4365--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4366--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43010"></a> <span @@ -10629,11 +10630,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4368--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4369--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentryname </span>but makes the first letter of the name uppercase. -</p><!--l. 4372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43011"></a> <span @@ -10642,8 +10643,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4374--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4375--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4375--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43012"></a> <span @@ -10652,7 +10653,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4378--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the subsequent use text for the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -10667,7 +10668,7 @@ checks for the existence of <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 4385--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43014"></a> <span @@ -10676,8 +10677,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4387--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4388--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43015"></a> <span @@ -10686,7 +10687,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4390--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4391--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the subsequent use plural text for the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -10701,7 +10702,7 @@ not expandable. Neither checks for the existence of <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 4399--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryfirst</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43017"></a> <span @@ -10710,8 +10711,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4401--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4402--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4402--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryfirst</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43018"></a> <span @@ -10720,7 +10721,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4404--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4405--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the <a id="dx1-43019"></a><a href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a> for the glossary entry given by @@ -10737,7 +10738,7 @@ Neither checks for the existence of <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 4412--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4413--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryfirstplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43021"></a> <span @@ -10746,11 +10747,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4414--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4415--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4416--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryfirstplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43022"></a> <span @@ -10759,7 +10760,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4417--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4418--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the plural form of the <a id="dx1-43023"></a><a href="#glo:firstusetext">first use text</a> for the @@ -10777,7 +10778,7 @@ existence of <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 4426--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4427--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrydesc</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43025"></a> <span @@ -10786,8 +10787,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4428--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4429--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4429--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43026"></a> <span @@ -10796,7 +10797,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4431--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4432--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the description for the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -10809,7 +10810,7 @@ existence of <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 4438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43027"></a> <span @@ -10818,7 +10819,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4440--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4441--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrydesc{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -10830,7 +10831,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. This command is not expandable. It’s used in the predefined glossary styles to display the description. -</p><!--l. 4445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4446--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43028"></a> <span @@ -10839,11 +10840,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4447--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4448--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentrydesc </span>but converts the first letter to uppercase. This command is not expandable. -</p><!--l. 4451--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4452--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrydescplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43029"></a> <span @@ -10852,8 +10853,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4453--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4454--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4454--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4455--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrydescplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43030"></a> <span @@ -10862,7 +10863,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4456--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4457--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the plural description for the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -10875,7 +10876,7 @@ checks for the existence of <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 4465--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43031"></a> <span @@ -10884,8 +10885,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4467--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4468--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4468--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4469--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbol</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43032"></a> <span @@ -10894,7 +10895,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4470--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4471--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the symbol for the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -10910,7 +10911,7 @@ existence of <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 4477--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4478--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43033"></a> <span @@ -10919,7 +10920,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4479--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4480--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrysymbol{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -10931,7 +10932,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. This command is not expandable. It’s used in the predefined glossary styles to display the symbol. -</p><!--l. 4484--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4485--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glossentrysymbol</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43034"></a> <span @@ -10940,11 +10941,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4486--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4487--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentrysymbol </span>but converts the first letter to uppercase. This command is not expandable. -</p><!--l. 4490--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrysymbolplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43035"></a> <span @@ -10953,8 +10954,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4492--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4493--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4493--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4494--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrysymbolplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43036"></a> <span @@ -10963,7 +10964,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4495--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4496--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the plural symbol for the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -10976,7 +10977,7 @@ existence of <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 4503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4504--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuseri</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43037"></a> <span @@ -10985,8 +10986,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4505--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4506--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4506--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuseri</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43038"></a> <span @@ -10995,8 +10996,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4508--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4509--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuserii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43039"></a> <span @@ -11005,8 +11006,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4511--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4512--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4512--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4513--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuserii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43040"></a> <span @@ -11015,8 +11016,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4514--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4515--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4515--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4516--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuseriii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43041"></a> <span @@ -11025,8 +11026,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4517--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4518--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4518--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4519--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriii</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43042"></a> <span @@ -11035,8 +11036,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4520--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4521--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4522--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuseriv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43043"></a> <span @@ -11045,11 +11046,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4523--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4524--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4525--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuseriv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43044"></a> <span @@ -11058,8 +11059,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4526--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4527--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4528--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuserv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43045"></a> <span @@ -11068,8 +11069,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4529--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4530--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4530--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuserv</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43046"></a> <span @@ -11078,8 +11079,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4532--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4533--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4534--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryuservi</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43047"></a> <span @@ -11088,8 +11089,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4535--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4536--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4536--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4537--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryuservi</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43048"></a> <span @@ -11098,7 +11099,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4538--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4539--><p class="noindent" > These commands display the value of the user keys for the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -11111,7 +11112,7 @@ existence of <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 4547--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4548--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glshyperlink</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43049"></a> <span @@ -11124,7 +11125,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4549--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4550--><p class="noindent" > This command provides a hyperlink to the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -11144,22 +11145,22 @@ default<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x11" id="fn1x11-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-43051f1"></a>, but can be overridden using the optional argument. -</p><!--l. 4557--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span +</p><!--l. 4558--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glshyperlink</span>, you need to ensure that the relevant entry has been added to the glossary using any of the commands described in <a -href="#sec:glslink">§6 +href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> or <a -href="#sec:glsadd">§7 </a><a +href="#sec:glsadd">§7 </a><a href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> otherwise you will end up with an undefined link. </div> -</p><!--l. 4562--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4564--><p class="indent" > The next two commands are only available with the <span +</p><!--l. 4563--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4565--><p class="indent" > The next two commands are only available with the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">savenumberlist</span><a id="dx1-43056"></a> package option: -</p><!--l. 4566--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4567--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43057"></a> <span @@ -11168,8 +11169,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4568--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4569--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4569--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43058"></a> <span @@ -11178,7 +11179,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4571--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4572--><p class="noindent" > Both display the <a id="dx1-43059"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a @@ -11208,23 +11209,23 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrynumberlist</span>, simply displays the number list as is. The second command, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span>, formats the list using: -</p><!--l. 4578--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4579--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsnumlistsep</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43067"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnumlistsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4580--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4581--><p class="noindent" > as the separator between all but the last two elements and -</p><!--l. 4582--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsnumlistlastsep</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-43068"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnumlistlastsep </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4584--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4585--><p class="noindent" > between the final two elements. The defaults are <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">,␣</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">␣\&␣</span></span></span>, respectively. -</p><!--l. 4588--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span +</p><!--l. 4589--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdisplaynumberlist </span>is fairly experimental. It only works when the default counter format is used (that is, when the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">format</span><a @@ -11236,8 +11237,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a try using it with that package, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrynumberlist </span>will be used instead. </div> -</p><!--l. 4594--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4596--><p class="indent" > For further information see “Displaying entry details without +</p><!--l. 4595--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4597--><p class="indent" > For further information see “Displaying entry details without adding information to the glossary” in the documented code (<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). @@ -11247,13 +11248,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). </p> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">10</span>  <a id="sec:printglossary"></a>Displaying a glossary</h2> -<!--l. 4603--><p class="noindent" >The command -</p><!--l. 4604--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 4604--><p class="noindent" >The command +</p><!--l. 4605--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\printglossaries</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44001"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4606--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4607--><p class="noindent" > will display all the glossaries in the order in which they were defined. Note that no glossaries will appear until you have either used the Perl script <a @@ -11270,7 +11271,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-44007"></a></a> (as described in <a -href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a +href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>). If the glossary still does not appear after you re-<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> your document, check the @@ -11285,8 +11286,8 @@ also need to use the command <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-44012"></a> in the preamble to enable the glossaries. -</p><!--l. 4617--><p class="indent" > An individual glossary can be displayed using: -</p><!--l. 4618--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4618--><p class="indent" > An individual glossary can be displayed using: +</p><!--l. 4619--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\printglossary</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44013"></a> <span @@ -11295,7 +11296,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">options</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4621--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">options</span><span @@ -11320,7 +11321,7 @@ class="description">The value of this key specifies which glossary to print. If <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115"> \printglossary[type=\acronymtype] </div> - <!--l. 4629--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 4630--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">title</span><a @@ -11361,7 +11362,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">numberedsection</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">numberedsection</span><a id="dx1-44024"></a> package option, described in <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2 </a><a +href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>. </dd><dt class="description"> @@ -11375,7 +11376,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">nonumberlist=true</span></span></span>) class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">nonumberlist=false</span></span></span>) the numberlist is displayed for this glossary. If no value is supplied, true is assumed. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 4659--><p class="indent" > By default, the glossary is started either by <span +<!--l. 4660--><p class="indent" > By default, the glossary is started either by <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\chapter*</span><a id="dx1-44026"></a> or by <span @@ -11393,7 +11394,7 @@ obtained using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">numberedsection</span><a id="dx1-44031"></a> package option. Each glossary sets the page header via the command -</p><!--l. 4665--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4666--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsglossarymark</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44032"></a> <span @@ -11404,7 +11405,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">title</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4667--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4668--><p class="noindent" > If this mechanism is unsuitable for your chosen class file or page style package, you will need to redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsglossarymark</span><a @@ -11413,17 +11414,17 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsglossarymark</span><a about these options and commands is given in <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2 </a><a +href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>. -</p><!--l. 4673--><p class="indent" > Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and +</p><!--l. 4674--><p class="indent" > Information can be added to the start of the glossary (after the title and before the main body of the glossary) by redefining -</p><!--l. 4675--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4676--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44035"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarypreamble </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4677--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4678--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -11433,12 +11434,12 @@ For example: \renewcommand{\glossarypreamble}{Numbers in italic  <br />indicate primary definitions.} </div> -<!--l. 4682--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed using +<!--l. 4683--><p class="nopar" > This needs to be done before the glossary is displayed using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries </span>or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossary</span>. -</p><!--l. 4686--><p class="indent" > If you want a different preamble per glossary you can use -</p><!--l. 4687--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4687--><p class="indent" > If you want a different preamble per glossary you can use +</p><!--l. 4688--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44036"></a> <span @@ -11453,13 +11454,13 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">preamble</span> class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4689--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4690--><p class="noindent" > If <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">type</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is omitted, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdefaulttype </span>is used. -</p><!--l. 4692--><p class="indent" > For example: +</p><!--l. 4693--><p class="indent" > For example: @@ -11468,24 +11469,24 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdefaulttype </span>is used. \setglossarypreamble{Numbers in italic  <br />indicate primary definitions.} </div> -<!--l. 4696--><p class="nopar" > This will print the given preamble text for the main glossary, but not have +<!--l. 4697--><p class="nopar" > This will print the given preamble text for the main glossary, but not have any preamble text for any other glossaries. -</p><!--l. 4700--><p class="indent" > There is an analogous command to <span +</p><!--l. 4701--><p class="indent" > There is an analogous command to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarypreamble </span>called -</p><!--l. 4701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4702--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossarypostamble</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44037"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarypostamble </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4703--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4704--><p class="noindent" > which is placed at the end of each glossary. <a id="x1-44038r12"></a> -</p><!--l. 4706--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 4707--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 12</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Switch to Two Column Mode for Glossary)</span><a id="x1-44039"></a> -</p><!--l. 4707--><p class="indent" > Suppose you are using the <span +</p><!--l. 4708--><p class="indent" > Suppose you are using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">superheaderborder</span><a id="dx1-44040"></a> style<span class="footnote-mark"><a @@ -11505,15 +11506,15 @@ want to switch back to one column mode, you could do:  <br />}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glossarypostamble}{\onecolumn} </div> -<!--l. 4721--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 4722--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4723--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4723--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 4725--><p class="indent" > Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according +<!--l. 4724--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4724--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 4726--><p class="indent" > Within each glossary, each entry name is formatted according to -</p><!--l. 4726--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4727--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsnamefont</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-44045"></a> <span @@ -11522,7 +11523,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4728--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4729--><p class="noindent" > which takes one argument: the entry name. This command is always used regardless of the glossary style. By default, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnamefont </span>simply @@ -11545,13 +11546,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-tree</span><a bold. <a id="x1-44050r13"></a> -</p><!--l. 4742--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 4743--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 13</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Changing the Font Used to Display Entry</span> <span class="ec-lmbx-12">Names in the Glossary)</span><a id="x1-44051"></a> -</p><!--l. 4743--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium weight small +</p><!--l. 4744--><p class="indent" > Suppose you want all the entry names to appear in medium weight small caps in your glossaries, then you can do: @@ -11560,17 +11561,17 @@ caps in your glossaries, then you can do: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-119"> \renewcommand{\glsnamefont}[1]{\textsc{\mdseries #1}} </div> -<!--l. 4747--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 4748--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4748--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4748--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 4749--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4749--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">11</span>  <a id="sec:xindy"></a>Xindy</h2> -<!--l. 4753--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a +<!--l. 4754--><p class="noindent" >If you want to use <a id="dx1-45001"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -11585,13 +11586,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-120"> \usepackage[xindy]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 4757--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <a +<!--l. 4758--><p class="nopar" > This ensures that the glossary information is written in <a id="dx1-45004"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-45005"></a> syntax. -</p><!--l. 4761--><p class="indent" > <a -href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a +</p><!--l. 4762--><p class="indent" > <a +href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a> covers how to use the external <a id="dx1-45006"></a><a @@ -11605,35 +11606,35 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a (<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.xdy</span><a id="dx1-45009"></a>) and parameters. -</p><!--l. 4766--><p class="indent" > To assist writing information to the <a +</p><!--l. 4767--><p class="indent" > To assist writing information to the <a id="dx1-45010"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-45011"></a></a> style file, the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span> package provides the following commands: -</p><!--l. 4769--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsopenbrace</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-45012"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsopenbrace </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4771--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4772--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4772--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4773--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsclosebrace</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-45013"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsclosebrace </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4774--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4775--><p class="noindent" > which produce an open and closing brace. (This is needed because <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\{</span></span></span> and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\}</span></span></span> don’t expand to a simple brace character when written to a file.) -</p><!--l. 4779--><p class="indent" > In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote +</p><!--l. 4780--><p class="indent" > In addition, if you are using a package that makes the double quote character active (e.g. <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">ngerman</span><a id="dx1-45014"></a>) you can use: -</p><!--l. 4781--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsquote</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-45015"></a> <span @@ -11642,7 +11643,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4783--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4784--><p class="noindent" > which will produce <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">"</span></span></span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -11654,7 +11655,7 @@ the double-quote character. This document assumes that the double quote character has not been made active, so the examples just use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">"</span></span></span> for clarity. -</p><!--l. 4789--><p class="indent" > If you want greater control over the <a +</p><!--l. 4790--><p class="indent" > If you want greater control over the <a id="dx1-45016"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -11691,7 +11692,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">http://xindy.sourceforge.net/mailing-list.html</span>< </p> <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.1</span>  <a id="sec:langenc"></a>Language and Encodings</h3> -<!--l. 4803--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a +<!--l. 4804--><p class="noindent" >When you use <a id="dx1-46001"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -11722,7 +11723,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-46011"></a> doesn’t support that language, then you can specify the required language using: -</p><!--l. 4812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4813--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLanguage</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-46012"></a> <span @@ -11736,7 +11737,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">language</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4814--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4815--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">language</span><span @@ -11753,14 +11754,14 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary</span> <span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">type</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 4822--><p class="indent" > If the <span +</p><!--l. 4823--><p class="indent" > If the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">inputenc</span><a id="dx1-46013"></a> package is used, the encoding will be obtained from the value of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\inputencodingname</span><a id="dx1-46014"></a>. Alternatively, you can specify the encoding using: -</p><!--l. 4825--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4826--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyCodePage</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-46015"></a> <span @@ -11769,7 +11770,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">code</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4827--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4828--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">code</span><span @@ -11781,8 +11782,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is the name of the encoding. For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121"> \GlsSetXdyCodePage{utf8} </div> -<!--l. 4831--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4833--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the +<!--l. 4832--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4834--><p class="indent" > Note that you can also specify the language and encoding using the package option <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy={language=</span></span></span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -11801,8 +11802,8 @@ example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122"> \usepackage[xindy={language=english,codepage=utf8}]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 4839--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 4841--><p class="indent" > If you write your own custom <a +<!--l. 4840--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 4842--><p class="indent" > If you write your own custom <a id="dx1-46016"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -11815,11 +11816,11 @@ settings, you need to set the language to nothing: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-123"> \GlsSetXdyLanguage{} </div> -<!--l. 4846--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span +<!--l. 4847--><p class="nopar" > (and remember to use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a id="dx1-46018"></a> to prevent the style file from being overwritten). -</p><!--l. 4850--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span +</p><!--l. 4851--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyLanguage </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyCodePage </span>have no effect if you don’t use <a @@ -11838,13 +11839,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a using the <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">-L </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">-C </span>switches. </div> -</p><!--l. 4856--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4859--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4857--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4860--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 4859--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 4860--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.2</span>  <a id="sec:xindyloc"></a>Locations and Number lists</h3> -<!--l. 4862--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span +<!--l. 4863--><p class="noindent" >If you use <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-47001"></a>, the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package needs to know which counters you @@ -11875,7 +11876,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">before </span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-47010"></a> using: -</p><!--l. 4870--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4871--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47011"></a> <span @@ -11884,12 +11885,12 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">counter list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4872--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4873--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">counter list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is a comma-separated list of counter names. -</p><!--l. 4875--><p class="indent" > The most likely attributes used in the <span +</p><!--l. 4876--><p class="indent" > The most likely attributes used in the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">format</span><a id="dx1-47012"></a> key (<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">textrm</span><a @@ -11902,7 +11903,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-47016"></a></a> style file, but if you want to use another attribute, you need to add it using: -</p><!--l. 4879--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4880--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47017"></a> <span @@ -11911,7 +11912,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4881--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4882--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span @@ -11921,11 +11922,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">format</span><a key. <a id="x1-47019r14"></a> -</p><!--l. 4885--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 4886--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 14</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Custom Font for Displaying a Location)</span><a id="x1-47020"></a> -</p><!--l. 4886--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define +</p><!--l. 4887--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want a bold, italic, hyperlinked location. I first need to define a command that will do this: @@ -11934,7 +11935,7 @@ a command that will do this: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-124"> \newcommand*{\hyperbfit}[1]{\textit{\hyperbf{#1}}} </div> -<!--l. 4890--><p class="nopar" > but with <a +<!--l. 4891--><p class="nopar" > but with <a id="dx1-47021"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a @@ -11946,7 +11947,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125"> \GlsAddXdyAttribute{hyperbfit} </div> -<!--l. 4895--><p class="nopar" > Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like <span +<!--l. 4896--><p class="nopar" > Now I can use it in the optional argument of commands like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a id="dx1-47023"></a>: @@ -11956,13 +11957,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-126"> Here is a \gls[format=hyperbfit]{sample} entry. </div> -<!--l. 4900--><p class="nopar" > (where <span +<!--l. 4901--><p class="nopar" > (where <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample </span>is the label of the required entry). </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4902--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4902--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 4904--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +<!--l. 4903--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4903--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 4905--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyAttribute </span>has no effect if <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a id="dx1-47024"></a> is used or if @@ -11976,11 +11977,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyCounters </span>must come before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyAttribute</span>. </div> -</p><!--l. 4910--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4912--><p class="indent" > If the location numbers don’t get expanded to a simple Arabic or Roman +</p><!--l. 4911--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4913--><p class="indent" > If the location numbers don’t get expanded to a simple Arabic or Roman number or a letter from a, …, z or A, …, Z, then you need to add a location style in the appropriate format using -</p><!--l. 4915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 4916--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47027"></a> <span @@ -11998,7 +11999,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">definition</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4917--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4918--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span @@ -12023,7 +12024,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\the</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">counter</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 4923--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 4924--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>has no effect if <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\noist</span><a id="dx1-47030"></a> is used or if @@ -12034,14 +12035,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>must be used before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-47032"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 4927--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4928--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-47033r15"></a> -</p><!--l. 4929--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 4930--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 15</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Custom Numbering System for Locations)</span><a id="x1-47034"></a> -</p><!--l. 4930--><p class="indent" > Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for +</p><!--l. 4931--><p class="indent" > Suppose I decide to use a somewhat eccentric numbering system for sections where I redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\thesection </span>as follows: @@ -12051,7 +12052,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\thesection </span>as follows: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-127"> \renewcommand*{\thesection}{[\thechapter]\arabic{section}} </div> -<!--l. 4934--><p class="nopar" > If I haven’t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 4935--><p class="nopar" > If I haven’t done <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">counter=section</span></span></span> in the package option, I need to specify that the counter will be used as a location number: @@ -12061,7 +12062,7 @@ specify that the counter will be used as a location number: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-128"> \GlsAddXdyCounters{section} </div> -<!--l. 4940--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span +<!--l. 4941--><p class="nopar" > Next I need to add the location style (<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\thechapter </span>is assumed to be the standard <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\arabic{chapter}</span></span></span>): @@ -12074,7 +12075,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\arabic{chapter}</span></span></span>):  <br />  "arabic-numbers"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4947--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span +<!--l. 4948--><p class="nopar" > Note that if I have further decided to use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-47035"></a> package and want to redefine <span @@ -12087,7 +12088,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\theHsection </span>as: \renewcommand*{\theHsection}{\thepart.\thesection}  <br />\renewcommand*{\thepart}{\Roman{part}} </div> -<!--l. 4953--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span +<!--l. 4954--><p class="nopar" > then I need to modify the <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>code above to: @@ -12098,7 +12099,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation </span>code above to:  <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4959--><p class="nopar" > Since <span +<!--l. 4960--><p class="nopar" > Since <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Roman</span><a id="dx1-47036"></a> will result in an empty string if the counter is zero, it’s a good idea to add an extra location to catch this: @@ -12111,21 +12112,21 @@ good idea to add an extra location to catch this:  <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "]" "arabic-numbers"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 4966--><p class="nopar" > This example is illustrated in the sample file <a +<!--l. 4967--><p class="nopar" > This example is illustrated in the sample file <a href="#x1-6090r20"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">samplexdy2.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 4969--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 4969--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 4970--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4970--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a id="x1-47037r16"></a> -<!--l. 4971--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 4972--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 16</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Locations as Words not Digits)</span><a id="x1-47038"></a> -</p><!--l. 4972--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the page numbers written as words rather than digits +</p><!--l. 4973--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want the page numbers written as words rather than digits and I use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">fmtcount</span><a id="dx1-47039"></a> package to do this. I can redefine <span @@ -12139,7 +12140,7 @@ follows: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133"> \renewcommand*{\thepage}{\Numberstring{page}} </div> -<!--l. 4977--><p class="nopar" > This gets expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 4978--><p class="nopar" > This gets expanded to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\protect</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109"> \Numberstringnum</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109"> </span></span></span><span @@ -12162,7 +12163,7 @@ that has that form:  <br />  \string\Numberstringnum\space\glsopenbrace"  <br />  "arabic-numbers" :sep "\glsclosebrace"} </div> -<!--l. 4985--><p class="nopar" > Note that it’s necessary to use <span +<!--l. 4986--><p class="nopar" > Note that it’s necessary to use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\space </span>to indicate that spaces also appear in the format, since, unlike <span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span>, <a @@ -12171,7 +12172,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-47042"></a></a> doesn’t ignore spaces after control sequences. -</p><!--l. 4990--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +</p><!--l. 4991--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span @@ -12182,7 +12183,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">definition</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span>will define commands in the form: -</p><!--l. 4993--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 4994--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsX</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">counter</span><span @@ -12200,7 +12201,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">location</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 4994--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 4995--><p class="noindent" > for each counter that has been identified either by the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">counter</span><a id="dx1-47043"></a> package @@ -12213,7 +12214,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossary</span><a <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyCounters</span><a id="dx1-47045"></a>. -</p><!--l. 4999--><p class="indent" > The first argument <span +</p><!--l. 5000--><p class="indent" > The first argument <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">Hprefix</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is only relevant when used with the @@ -12272,12 +12273,12 @@ commands:  <br />}  <br />\newcommand{\linkpagenumber}[3]{\hyperlink{page.#3}{#1#2{#3}}} </div> -<!--l. 5020--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 5021--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 5021--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5021--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 5023--><p class="indent" > In the <a +<!--l. 5022--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5022--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 5024--><p class="indent" > In the <a id="dx1-47051"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-47052"></a></a>, the locations are sorted according to @@ -12306,17 +12307,17 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsAddXdyLocation</span><a order in which they were defined), <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">see </span>(cross-referenced entries). This ordering can be changed using: -</p><!--l. 5039--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5040--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47058"></a> -</p><!--l. 5041--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 5042--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyLocationClassOrder{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">location names</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5042--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5043--><p class="noindent" > where each location name is delimited by double quote marks and separated by white space. For example: @@ -12335,8 +12336,8 @@ separated by white space. For example:  <br />  "see"  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5056--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5058--><p class="indent" > +<!--l. 5057--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5059--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">Note that <span @@ -12367,8 +12368,8 @@ before class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-47061"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5063--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5065--><p class="indent" > If a <a +</p><!--l. 5064--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5066--><p class="indent" > If a <a id="dx1-47062"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-47063"></a></a> consists of a sequence of consecutive numbers, the @@ -12381,17 +12382,17 @@ using: -</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5071--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-47064"></a> -</p><!--l. 5072--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 5073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">n</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5073--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5074--><p class="noindent" > For example: @@ -12400,7 +12401,7 @@ For example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-137"> \GlsSetXdyMinRangeLength{3} </div> -<!--l. 5077--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span +<!--l. 5078--><p class="nopar" > The argument may also be the keyword <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">none</span>, to indicate that there should be no range formations. See the <a id="dx1-47065"></a><a @@ -12408,7 +12409,7 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-47066"></a></a> manual for further details on range formations. -</p><!--l. 5082--><p class="indent" > +</p><!--l. 5083--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">Note that <span @@ -12439,15 +12440,15 @@ before class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-47069"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5087--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5089--><p class="indent" > See <a -href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a +</p><!--l. 5088--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5090--><p class="indent" > See <a +href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a> for further details. </p> -<!--l. 5092--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5093--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">11.3</span>  <a id="sec:groups"></a>Glossary Groups</h3> -<!--l. 5095--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of +<!--l. 5096--><p class="noindent" >The glossary is divided into groups according to the first letter of the sort key. The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package also adds a number group by default, unless you suppress it in the <span @@ -12464,23 +12465,23 @@ example: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-138"> \usepackage[xindy={glsnumbers=false}]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 5101--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn’t go in one of the letter groups or the number group +<!--l. 5102--><p class="nopar" > Any entry that doesn’t go in one of the letter groups or the number group is placed in the default group. -</p><!--l. 5105--><p class="indent" > If you have a number group, the default behaviour is to locate it before +</p><!--l. 5106--><p class="indent" > If you have a number group, the default behaviour is to locate it before the “A” letter group. If you are not using a Roman alphabet, you can change this using: -</p><!--l. 5109--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5110--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-48002"></a> -</p><!--l. 5111--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 5112--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GlsSetXdyFirstLetterAfterDigits{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">letter</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5112--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5114--><p class="indent" > +</p><!--l. 5113--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5115--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">Note that <span @@ -12511,16 +12512,16 @@ before class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-48005"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5119--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5121--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5122--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">12</span>  <a id="sec:newglossary"></a>Defining New Glossaries</h2> A new glossary can be defined using: -<!--l. 5125--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 5126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\newglossary</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-49001"></a> <span @@ -12551,7 +12552,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">counter</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5127--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5128--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span @@ -12575,7 +12576,7 @@ counter to use for the associated <a id="dx1-49002"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-49003"></a>s</a> (see also <a -href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a +href="#sec:numberlists">§5 </a><a href="#sec:numberlists">Number lists<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:numberlists --></a>). The first optional argument specifies the extension for the <a @@ -12593,7 +12594,7 @@ href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-49009"></a></a> which picks up the information from the auxiliary file). -</p><!--l. 5139--><p class="indent" > Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created +</p><!--l. 5140--><p class="indent" > Note that the main (default) glossary is automatically created as: @@ -12602,7 +12603,7 @@ as: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-139"> \newglossary{main}{gls}{glo}{\glossaryname} </div> -<!--l. 5142--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span +<!--l. 5143--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">main </span>(unless the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nomain</span><a id="dx1-49010"></a> package @@ -12617,7 +12618,7 @@ to: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-140"> \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname} </div> -<!--l. 5148--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span +<!--l. 5149--><p class="nopar" > so it can be identified by the label <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">acronym</span>. If you are not sure whether the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronym</span><a @@ -12637,7 +12638,7 @@ need to declare it as a list of acronyms using the package option <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">acronymlists</span><a id="dx1-49015"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 5160--><p class="indent" > The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbols</span><a id="dx1-49016"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span @@ -12649,7 +12650,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">symbols </span>using: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141"> \newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname} </div> -<!--l. 5163--><p class="nopar" > and the <span +<!--l. 5164--><p class="nopar" > and the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">numbers</span><a id="dx1-49017"></a> package option creates a new glossary with the label <span @@ -12661,13 +12662,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">numbers </span>using: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142"> \newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname} </div> -<!--l. 5168--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5170--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> All glossaries must be defined before <span +<!--l. 5169--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5171--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> All glossaries must be defined before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-49018"></a> to ensure that the relevant output files are opened. -</p><!--l. 5174--><p class="indent" > See <a -href="#sec:fixednames">§1.2.1 </a><a +</p><!--l. 5175--><p class="indent" > See <a +href="#sec:fixednames">§1.2.1 </a><a href="#sec:fixednames">Changing the Fixed Names<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:fixednames --></a> if you want to redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryname</span>, especially if you are using <span @@ -12678,24 +12679,24 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translator</span><a for <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssymbolsgroupname </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnumbersgroupname</span>.) </div> -</p><!--l. 5178--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5179--><p class="noindent" > </p> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">13</span>  <a id="sec:acronyms"></a>Acronyms</h2> -<!--l. 5183--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed in <a -href="#sec:newglosentry">§4 </a><a +<!--l. 5184--><p class="noindent" >You may have noticed in <a +href="#sec:newglosentry">§4 </a><a href="#sec:newglosentry">Defining Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglosentry --></a> that when you specify a new entry, you can specify alternate text to use when the term is <a - id="dsec:intro"></a><a + id="dx1-50001"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first used</a> in the document. This provides a useful means to define acronyms. For convenience, the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package defines the command: -</p><!--l. 5188--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\newacronym</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50002"></a> <span @@ -12717,8 +12718,8 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">long</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5190--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5192--><p class="indent" > This uses <span +</p><!--l. 5191--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5193--><p class="indent" > This uses <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-50003"></a> to create an entry with the given label in the glossary given by <span @@ -12732,10 +12733,10 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">text</span><a use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\defglsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-50007"></a> (see <a -href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a +href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>). -</p><!--l. 5198--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span +</p><!--l. 5199--><p class="indent" > The optional argument <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key-val list</span><span @@ -12766,12 +12767,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">longplural</span><a \newacronym[longplural={diagonal matrices}]{dm}{DM}{diagonal  <br />matrix} </div> -<!--l. 5207--><p class="nopar" > If the <a +<!--l. 5208--><p class="nopar" > If the <a id="dx1-50012"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> uses the plural form, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl{dm}</span></span></span> will display: diagonal matrices (DMs). -</p><!--l. 5212--><p class="indent" > The following package options are available to change the acronym +</p><!--l. 5213--><p class="indent" > The following package options are available to change the acronym style: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> <span @@ -12811,7 +12812,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-144"> \let\acrfootnote\acrnolinkfootnote </div> - <!--l. 5229--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 5230--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a @@ -12830,17 +12831,17 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">abbrv</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>for this option to have an effect.) - <!--l. 5238--><p class="noindent" ><a + <!--l. 5239--><p class="noindent" ><a id="boldsc"></a> - </p><!--l. 5239--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note">Some fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, so you may need to redefine + </p><!--l. 5240--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note">Some fonts don’t support bold smallcaps, so you may need to redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnamefont</span><a id="dx1-50020"></a> (see <a -href="#sec:printglossary">§10 </a><a +href="#sec:printglossary">§10 </a><a href="#sec:printglossary">Displaying a glossary<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printglossary --></a>) to switch to medium weight if you are using a glossary style that displays entry names in bold. </div> - </p><!--l. 5244--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5245--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a @@ -12858,13 +12859,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package doesn’t class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsmaller</span><a id="dx1-50025"></a> nor does it load any package that does so. - <!--l. 5252--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you must make sure <span + <!--l. 5253--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use this option, you must make sure <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsmaller</span><a id="dx1-50026"></a> is defined (for example by loading <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">relsize</span><a id="dx1-50027"></a>). </div> - </p><!--l. 5255--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5256--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">dua</span><a @@ -12878,26 +12879,26 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">text</span><a class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">long</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 5262--><p class="indent" > If you want to define your own custom acronym style, see <a -href="#sec:customacronym">§13.3 </a><a +<!--l. 5263--><p class="indent" > If you want to define your own custom acronym style, see <a +href="#sec:customacronym">§13.3 </a><a href="#sec:customacronym">Defining A Custom Acronym Style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:customacronym --></a>. -</p><!--l. 5265--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you try using <span +</p><!--l. 5266--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you try using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-50031"></a> for entries in a designated list of acronyms in combination with any of the above named package options you may get unexpected results such as empty brackets or empty footnotes. -</p><!--l. 5271--><p class="indent" > If you don’t intend to use <span +</p><!--l. 5272--><p class="indent" > If you don’t intend to use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-50032"></a> you should skip this section and not use the above package options. </div> -</p><!--l. 5273--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5275--><p class="indent" > As mentioned in <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2 </a><a +</p><!--l. 5274--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5276--><p class="indent" > As mentioned in <a +href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">§2.2 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sec">Sectioning, Headings and TOC Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sec --></a>, the command <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymtype</span><a @@ -12919,7 +12920,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">footnote</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a id="dx1-50037"></a> work for the additional lists of acronyms. -</p><!--l. 5285--><p class="indent" > +</p><!--l. 5286--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note">Since <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span> @@ -12983,7 +12984,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-50039"></a>. See <a -href="#sec:loadglsentries">§4.6 +href="#sec:loadglsentries">§4.6 </a><a href="#sec:loadglsentries">Loading Entries @@ -12991,8 +12992,8 @@ From a File<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:loadglsentries --></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 5292--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5294--><p class="indent" > Since <span +</p><!--l. 5293--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5295--><p class="indent" > Since <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-50040"></a> uses <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a @@ -13004,11 +13005,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsreset</span><a id="dx1-50043"></a> as with any other glossary entry. <a id="x1-50044r17"></a> -</p><!--l. 5298--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 5299--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 17</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Defining an Acronym)</span><a id="x1-50045"></a> -</p><!--l. 5299--><p class="indent" > The following defines the acronym IDN: +</p><!--l. 5300--><p class="indent" > The following defines the acronym IDN: @@ -13016,7 +13017,7 @@ class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Defining an Acronym)</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-145"> \newacronym{idn}{IDN}{identification number} </div> -<!--l. 5302--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 5303--><p class="nopar" > <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce “identification number (IDN)” on <a id="dx1-50046"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> and @@ -13032,7 +13033,7 @@ form: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146"> \newacronym{idn}{idn}{identification number} </div> -<!--l. 5309--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 5310--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{idn}</span></span></span> will produce “identification number (<span class="ec-lmcsc-10x-x-109">idn</span>)” on <a id="dx1-50048"></a><a @@ -13041,9 +13042,9 @@ use</a> and “<span class="ec-lmcsc-10x-x-109">IDN</span>” on subsequent uses. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 5313--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5313--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 5315--><p class="indent" > If you use any of the package options <span +<!--l. 5314--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5314--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 5316--><p class="indent" > If you use any of the package options <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a id="dx1-50049"></a>, <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a @@ -13057,7 +13058,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">abbrv</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>will be displayed in the document using: -</p><!--l. 5318--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50053"></a> <span @@ -13066,9 +13067,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5320--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5321--><p class="noindent" > and -</p><!--l. 5322--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\firstacronymfont</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50054"></a> <span @@ -13077,7 +13078,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5324--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5325--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\firstacronymfont </span>is applied on <a id="dx1-50055"></a><a @@ -13117,17 +13118,17 @@ emphasized on subsequent use, do:  <br />\renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{#1}  <br />\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\emph{#1}} </div> -<!--l. 5341--><p class="nopar" > (Note that it is for this reason that the <span +<!--l. 5342--><p class="nopar" > (Note that it is for this reason that the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">relsize</span><a id="dx1-50062"></a> package is not automatically loaded when selecting the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a id="dx1-50063"></a> package option as it may not actually be required.) -</p><!--l. 5346--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to <span +</p><!--l. 5347--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-50064"></a> (described in <a -href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a +href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>) that allow you to access just the short form, just the long form or the full form, without affecting the <a @@ -13137,7 +13138,7 @@ full form isn’t necessarily the same as the text produced on <a id="dx1-50066"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.) -</p><!--l. 5352--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrshort</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50067"></a> <span @@ -13154,7 +13155,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5354--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5355--><p class="noindent" > This displays the short form for the entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -13164,7 +13165,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstext</span><a id="dx1-50068"></a>. There is also a starred version to suppress the hyperlink. There are also analogous upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 5359--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5360--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Acrshort</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50069"></a> <span @@ -13181,8 +13182,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5361--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5362--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ACRshort</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50070"></a> <span @@ -13199,9 +13200,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5364--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5365--><p class="noindent" > There are also plural versions: -</p><!--l. 5366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrshortpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50071"></a> <span @@ -13218,8 +13219,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5368--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5369--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5370--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Acrshortpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50072"></a> <span @@ -13236,8 +13237,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5371--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5372--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ACRshortpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50073"></a> <span @@ -13254,9 +13255,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5374--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5376--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the long form: -</p><!--l. 5377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5375--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5377--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the long form: +</p><!--l. 5378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrlong</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50074"></a> <span @@ -13273,14 +13274,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5379--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5380--><p class="noindent" > This displays the long form for the entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. The optional arguments are the same as before. There is also a starred version to suppress the hyperlink. There are also analogous upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 5384--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5385--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Acrlong</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50075"></a> <span @@ -13300,8 +13301,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5386--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5387--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5387--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ACRlong</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50076"></a> <span @@ -13318,9 +13319,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5389--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5390--><p class="noindent" > Again there are also plural versions: -</p><!--l. 5391--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrlongpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50077"></a> <span @@ -13337,8 +13338,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5393--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5394--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5395--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Acrlongpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50078"></a> <span @@ -13355,8 +13356,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5396--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5397--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ACRlongpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50079"></a> <span @@ -13373,9 +13374,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5399--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5401--><p class="indent" > And for the full form: -</p><!--l. 5402--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5400--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5402--><p class="indent" > And for the full form: +</p><!--l. 5403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrfull</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50080"></a> <span @@ -13392,7 +13393,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5404--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5405--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">long</span><span @@ -13405,7 +13406,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">short</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>) regardless of the package options. This format can be changed by redefining: -</p><!--l. 5408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5409--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrfullformat</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50082"></a> <span @@ -13418,7 +13419,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">short</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5410--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5411--><p class="noindent" > For example, to change <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acrfull </span>to produce <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont{</span><span @@ -13438,9 +13439,9 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acrfullformat </span>as: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148"> \renewcommand{\acrfullformat}[2]{#2\space(#1)} </div> -<!--l. 5416--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5418--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: -</p><!--l. 5419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 5417--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5419--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous upper case variants: +</p><!--l. 5420--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Acrfull</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50083"></a> <span @@ -13457,8 +13458,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5421--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5422--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5422--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5423--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ACRfull</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50084"></a> <span @@ -13475,9 +13476,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5424--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5425--><p class="noindent" > As before there are also plural versions: -</p><!--l. 5426--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5427--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrfullpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50085"></a> <span @@ -13494,8 +13495,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5428--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5429--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5429--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Acrfullpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50086"></a> <span @@ -13512,8 +13513,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5431--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5432--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ACRfullpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50087"></a> <span @@ -13530,8 +13531,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5434--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5436--><p class="indent" > If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use +</p><!--l. 5435--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5437--><p class="indent" > If you find the above commands too cumbersome to write, you can use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">shortcuts</span><a id="dx1-50088"></a> package option to activate the shorter command names listed @@ -13540,7 +13541,7 @@ href="#x1-500891">table 13.1</a>. -</p><!--l. 5440--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 5441--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-500891"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -13694,16 +13695,16 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glspl</span><a </div><hr class="endfloat" /> -<!--l. 5466--><p class="indent" > It is also possible to access the long and short forms without +<!--l. 5467--><p class="indent" > It is also possible to access the long and short forms without adding information to the glossary using commands analogous to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrytext</span><a id="dx1-50123"></a> (described in <a -href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a +href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a>). -</p><!--l. 5470--><p class="indent" > The long form can be accessed using: -</p><!--l. 5471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5471--><p class="indent" > The long form can be accessed using: +</p><!--l. 5472--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50124"></a> <span @@ -13712,9 +13713,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5473--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5474--><p class="noindent" > or, with the first letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 5475--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5476--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrylong</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50125"></a> <span @@ -13723,9 +13724,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5477--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5478--><p class="noindent" > Plural forms: -</p><!--l. 5479--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5480--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrylongpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50126"></a> <span @@ -13734,8 +13735,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5481--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5482--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5483--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentrylongpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50127"></a> <span @@ -13744,9 +13745,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5484--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5486--><p class="indent" > Similarly, to access the short form: -</p><!--l. 5487--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5485--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5487--><p class="indent" > Similarly, to access the short form: +</p><!--l. 5488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50128"></a> <span @@ -13755,9 +13756,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5489--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5490--><p class="noindent" > or, with the first letter converted to upper case: -</p><!--l. 5491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5492--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryshort</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50129"></a> <span @@ -13766,9 +13767,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5493--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5494--><p class="noindent" > Plural forms: -</p><!--l. 5495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5496--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryshortpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50130"></a> <span @@ -13777,8 +13778,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5498--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryshortpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50131"></a> <span @@ -13787,15 +13788,15 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5500--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5502--><p class="indent" > And the full form, <span +</p><!--l. 5501--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5503--><p class="indent" > And the full form, <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">long</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>(<span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">short</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>), can be obtained using: -</p><!--l. 5504--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5505--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50132"></a> <span @@ -13804,8 +13805,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5506--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50133"></a> <span @@ -13814,8 +13815,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5509--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5510--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5511--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50134"></a> <span @@ -13824,8 +13825,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5512--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5513--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5513--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5514--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-50135"></a> <span @@ -13834,7 +13835,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5515--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5516--><p class="noindent" > @@ -13844,11 +13845,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acrfullformat</span><a </p> <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.1</span>  <a id="sec:predefinedacrstyles"></a>Predefined Acronym Styles</h3> -<!--l. 5521--><p class="noindent" >Some of the acronym-related package options may be combined. Listed +<!--l. 5522--><p class="noindent" >Some of the acronym-related package options may be combined. Listed below are the effects of different combinations. If you use an invalid combination, you’ll get an error message. If none of these styles suit your requirements, see <a -href="#sec:customacronym">§13.3 </a><a +href="#sec:customacronym">§13.3 </a><a href="#sec:customacronym">Defining A Custom Acronym Style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:customacronym --></a> to create your own custom style. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -13963,7 +13964,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> - <!--l. 5563--><p class="noindent" >Note that with this option, you need to specify the description using + <!--l. 5564--><p class="noindent" >Note that with this option, you need to specify the description using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-51017"></a> key in the optional argument of <span @@ -14004,7 +14005,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> Acronyms will be sorted according to the short form. - <!--l. 5578--><p class="noindent" >Note that on <a + <!--l. 5579--><p class="noindent" >Note that on <a id="dx1-51021"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, it is the long form in the footnote that links to the relevant glossary entry (where hyperlinks are enabled), whereas @@ -14017,7 +14018,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, it is the long form in the footnote that lin <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-149"> \let\acrfootnote\acrnolinkfootnote </div> - <!--l. 5584--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 5585--><p class="nopar" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a @@ -14059,17 +14060,17 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont</span><a id="dx1-51027"></a> is set to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsc{#1}</span></span></span>. - <!--l. 5598--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the acronym is displayed using <span + <!--l. 5599--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the acronym is displayed using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsc</span><a id="dx1-51028"></a>, the short form, <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">abbrv</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>, should be specified in lower case. - </p><!--l. 5604--><p class="noindent" >See also the <a + </p><!--l. 5605--><p class="noindent" >See also the <a href="#boldsc">earlier note</a> regarding combining bold and smallcaps. </div> - </p><!--l. 5606--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5607--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a @@ -14117,7 +14118,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsmaller{#1}</span></span></span>.<span class="foo href="#fn1x15" id="fn1x15-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a id="x1-51036f1"></a> The entries will be sorted according to the short form. - <!--l. 5624--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to load a package that defines <span + <!--l. 5625--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember to load a package that defines <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsmaller</span><a id="dx1-51040"></a> (such as <span @@ -14130,7 +14131,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont</span><a - </p><!--l. 5628--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 5629--><p class="noindent" > </p></dd><dt class="description"> <span class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-109">None of the above</span> </dt><dd @@ -14169,12 +14170,12 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> Entries will be sorted according to the short form.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 5644--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5645--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5644--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5645--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.2</span>  <a id="sec:disploa"></a>Displaying the List of Acronyms</h3> -<!--l. 5647--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be +<!--l. 5648--><p class="noindent" >The list of acronyms is just like any other type of glossary and can be displayed on its own using </p><div class="alltt"> <div class="obeylines-v"> <span @@ -14217,9 +14218,9 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span> </div> </div> See <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.5 </a><a +href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">§2.5 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-acronym">Acronym Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-acronym --></a>.) -<!--l. 5664--><p class="indent" > However, care must be taken to choose a glossary style that’s +<!--l. 5665--><p class="indent" > However, care must be taken to choose a glossary style that’s appropriate to your acronym style. The different acronym-related package options store different information in the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">name</span><a @@ -14229,7 +14230,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a id="dx1-52010"></a> keys. -</p><!--l. 5669--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 5670--><p class="indent" > <a href="#x1-520182">Table 13.2</a> lists the package options that govern the acronym styles and how the information is stored in the keys used when displaying the glossary. Note that the <span @@ -14238,7 +14239,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a command in the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">name</span><a id="dx1-52012"></a>: -</p><!--l. 5673--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5674--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\acrnameformat</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-52013"></a> <span @@ -14251,14 +14252,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">long</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5675--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5676--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to just <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">abbrv</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>. -</p><!--l. 5678--><p class="indent" > For example, if I use the package options <span +</p><!--l. 5679--><p class="indent" > For example, if I use the package options <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-52014"></a> and <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">footnote</span><a @@ -14285,13 +14286,13 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">location list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> Alternatively, you can define your own custom style (see <a -href="#sec:newglossarystyle">§16 </a><a +href="#sec:newglossarystyle">§16 </a><a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a> for further details). -</p><!--l. 5689--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 5690--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-520182"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -14304,7 +14305,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym </span>and how the information is stored</td></tr></table></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-520182 --> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 5693--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5694--><p class="noindent" > </p> <div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-8" class="tabular" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" @@ -14478,20 +14479,20 @@ class="td11"> </td></tr></table> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> -<!--l. 5734--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5735--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.3</span>  <a id="sec:customacronym"></a>Defining A Custom Acronym Style</h3> -<!--l. 5737--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the +<!--l. 5738--><p class="noindent" >You may find that the predefined acronyms styles that come with the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package don’t suit your requirements. In this case you can define your own style. This is done by redefining the following commands: -</p><!--l. 5741--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5742--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\CustomAcronymFields</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-53001"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\CustomAcronymFields </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5743--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5744--><p class="noindent" > This command sets up the keys for <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-53002"></a> when you @@ -14525,7 +14526,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">symbol</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-53013"></a> keys depending on your requirements. -</p><!--l. 5754--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5755--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\SetCustomDisplayStyle</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-53014"></a> <span @@ -14534,7 +14535,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">type</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5756--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5757--><p class="noindent" > This is used to set up the display style for the glossary given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">type</span><span @@ -14542,21 +14543,21 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. This should typically just use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\defglsentryfmt</span><a id="dx1-53015"></a>. -</p><!--l. 5760--><p class="indent" > Once you have redefined <span +</p><!--l. 5761--><p class="indent" > Once you have redefined <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\CustomAcronymFields </span>and <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomDisplayStyle</span>, you must then switch to this style using -</p><!--l. 5762--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5763--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\SetCustomStyle</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-53016"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomStyle </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5764--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5765--><p class="noindent" > Note that you may still use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">shortcuts</span><a id="dx1-53017"></a> package option with your custom style. -</p><!--l. 5768--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you omit <span +</p><!--l. 5769--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you omit <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomStyle</span>, or use it before you redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\CustomAcronymFields </span>and <span @@ -14569,14 +14570,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-53019"></a> if you want to use acronym styles. </div> -</p><!--l. 5775--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5776--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-53020r18"></a> -</p><!--l. 5777--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 5778--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 18</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Defining a Custom Acronym Style)</span><a id="x1-53021"></a> -</p><!--l. 5778--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want my acronym on <a +</p><!--l. 5779--><p class="indent" > Suppose I want my acronym on <a id="dx1-53022"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> to have the short form in the text and the long form with the description in a footnote. @@ -14633,7 +14634,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">description</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> <br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span> -</p><!--l. 5799--><p class="indent" > First, I need to redefine <span +</p><!--l. 5800--><p class="indent" > First, I need to redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\CustomAcronymFields</span><a id="dx1-53027"></a> so that <span @@ -14658,7 +14659,7 @@ define a custom glossary style that uses <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryshort</span><a id="dx1-53035"></a> to access the short form. See <a -href="#sec:newglossarystyle">§16 </a><a +href="#sec:newglossarystyle">§16 </a><a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a> for further details). @@ -14673,8 +14674,8 @@ details).  <br />  plural={\textsc{\the\glsshorttok}\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5816--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5818--><p class="indent" > When using <span +<!--l. 5817--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5819--><p class="indent" > When using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-53036"></a>, the short and long forms are stored in the <span @@ -14692,7 +14693,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\defglsentryfmt</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrylong</span><a id="dx1-53042"></a> to access the long form. Recall from <a -href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a +href="#sec:glsdisplay">§6.1 </a><a href="#sec:glsdisplay">Changing the format of the link text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsdisplay --></a>, that the optional argument to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\defglsentryfmt</span><a @@ -14712,8 +14713,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomDisplayStyle</span><a  <br />    {\footnote{\glsentrylong{\glslabel}}}}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 5832--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5834--><p class="indent" > Now that I’ve redefined <span +<!--l. 5833--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5835--><p class="indent" > Now that I’ve redefined <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\CustomAcronymFields</span><a id="dx1-53045"></a> and <span @@ -14726,7 +14727,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomDisplayStyle</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152"> \SetCustomStyle </div> -<!--l. 5838--><p class="nopar" > and now I can define my acronyms: +<!--l. 5839--><p class="nopar" > and now I can define my acronyms: @@ -14739,8 +14740,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\SetCustomDisplayStyle</span><a  <br />layout of a document written in a markup language}]{css}  <br />{css}{Cascading Style Sheet} </div> -<!--l. 5848--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5850--><p class="indent" > If I want to use the <span +<!--l. 5849--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5851--><p class="indent" > If I want to use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a id="dx1-53047"></a> package with this document, it can cause a problem on <a @@ -14766,8 +14767,8 @@ preamble I have:  <br />  hyperfirst=false% don’t hyperlink first use  <br /> ]{glossaries} </div> -<!--l. 5865--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 5867--><p class="indent" > Note that I haven’t used the <span +<!--l. 5866--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 5868--><p class="indent" > Note that I haven’t used the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-53051"></a> or <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">footnote</span><a @@ -14778,14 +14779,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample-custom-acronym.tex</span></a> illustrates this </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 5871--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5871--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 5873--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 5872--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5872--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 5874--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 5873--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5874--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">13.4</span>  <a id="sec:oldacronym"></a>Upgrading From the glossary Package</h3> -<!--l. 5876--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span +<!--l. 5877--><p class="noindent" >Users of the obsolete <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary</span><a id="dx1-54001"></a> package may recall that the syntax used to define new acronyms has changed with the replacement <span @@ -14801,13 +14802,13 @@ when defining the acronym <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">acr-name</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 5882--><p class="indent" > In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span +</p><!--l. 5883--><p class="indent" > In order to facilitate migrating from the old package to the new one, the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span> package<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x15" id="fn2x15-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a id="x1-54003f2"></a> provides the command: -</p><!--l. 5885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\oldacronym</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-54004"></a> <span @@ -14829,7 +14830,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">key-val list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5887--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5888--><p class="noindent" > This uses the same syntax as the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary</span><a id="dx1-54005"></a> package’s method of defining @@ -14911,7 +14912,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a id="dx1-54012"></a> or <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Gls</span><a id="dx1-54013"></a> to change the settings. -</p><!--l. 5904--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span +</p><!--l. 5905--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Recall that, in general, <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> ignores spaces following command names consisting of alphabetical characters. This is also true for <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\</span><span @@ -14925,10 +14926,10 @@ are some issues with using <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xspace</span><a id="dx1-54015"></a>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x15" id="fn3x15-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span></div> -</p><!--l. 5910--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5911--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-54016f3"></a> -</p><!--l. 5914--><p class="indent" > The <span +</p><!--l. 5915--><p class="indent" > The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package doesn’t load the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xspace</span><a id="dx1-54017"></a> package since there are @@ -14958,7 +14959,7 @@ optional argument to insert text (you will have to explicitly use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a id="dx1-54022"></a>). -</p><!--l. 5925--><p class="indent" > To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym “abc” as follows: +</p><!--l. 5926--><p class="indent" > To illustrate this, suppose I define the acronym “abc” as follows: @@ -14966,7 +14967,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-155"> \oldacronym{abc}{example acronym}{} </div> -<!--l. 5929--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span +<!--l. 5930--><p class="nopar" > This will create the command <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\abc </span>and its starred version <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\abc*</span>. <a @@ -14982,7 +14983,7 @@ argument from being recognised. -</p><!--l. 5937--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 5938--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-540253"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -15050,7 +15051,7 @@ class="td11"> abc’s xyz </td></tr></table> -<!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 5958--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">14</span>  <a id="sec:glsunset"></a>Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags</h2> When using <span @@ -15069,7 +15070,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">text</span><a id="dx1-55005"></a> key, even though you haven’t used the glossary entry. The former can be achieved by one of the following commands: -<!--l. 5966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 5967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsreset</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55006"></a> <span @@ -15078,8 +15079,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5968--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5969--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslocalreset</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55007"></a> <span @@ -15088,9 +15089,9 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5971--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5972--><p class="noindent" > while the latter can be achieved by one of the following commands: -</p><!--l. 5973--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5974--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsunset</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55008"></a> <span @@ -15099,8 +15100,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5975--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5976--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5976--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55009"></a> <span @@ -15109,10 +15110,10 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5978--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5979--><p class="noindent" > You can also reset or unset all entries for a given glossary or list of glossaries using: -</p><!--l. 5981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsresetall</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55010"></a> <span @@ -15121,8 +15122,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5983--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5984--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5985--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslocalresetall</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55011"></a> <span @@ -15131,8 +15132,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5986--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5987--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5987--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5988--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsunsetall</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55012"></a> <span @@ -15141,8 +15142,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5989--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 5990--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 5990--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5991--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslocalunsetall</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55013"></a> <span @@ -15151,7 +15152,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 5992--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 5993--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span @@ -15165,11 +15166,11 @@ in the main glossary and the list of acronyms: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156"> \glsresetall[main,acronym] </div> -<!--l. 5999--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6001--><p class="indent" > You can determine whether an entry’s <a +<!--l. 6000--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6002--><p class="indent" > You can determine whether an entry’s <a id="dx1-55014"></a><a href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> is set using: -</p><!--l. 6002--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6003--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-55015"></a> <span @@ -15186,7 +15187,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6004--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6005--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -15205,7 +15206,7 @@ done. </p> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">15</span>  <a id="sec:styles"></a>Glossary Styles</h2> -<!--l. 6013--><p class="noindent" >Glossaries vary from lists that simply contain a symbol with a terse +<!--l. 6014--><p class="noindent" >Glossaries vary from lists that simply contain a symbol with a terse description to lists of terms or phrases with lengthy descriptions. Some glossaries may have terms with associated symbols. Some may have hierarchical entries. There is therefore no single style @@ -15214,12 +15215,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package comes with a number of pre-defined glossary styles, and you need to choose one that best suits your type of glossary. There is a summary of available styles in <a -href="#x1-560041">table 15.1</a>. If none of them suit your document, you +href="#sec:liststyles">table 15.1</a>. If none of them suit your document, you can defined your own style (see <a -href="#sec:newglossarystyle">§16 </a><a +href="#sec:newglossarystyle">§16 </a><a href="#sec:newglossarystyle">Defining your own glossary style<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newglossarystyle --></a>). -</p><!--l. 6024--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles can accommodate numbered level 0 (main) and +</p><!--l. 6025--><p class="indent" > The predefined styles can accommodate numbered level 0 (main) and level 1 entries. See the package options <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">entrycounter</span><a id="dx1-56001"></a>, <span @@ -15228,13 +15229,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">counterwithin</span><a <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">subentrycounter</span><a id="dx1-56003"></a> described in <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3 </a><a +href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">§2.3 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-printglos">Glossary Appearance Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-printglos --></a>. -</p><!--l. 6030--><p class="indent" > <a - id="x1-560041"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" +</p><!--l. 6031--><p class="indent" > <a + id="sec:liststyles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -15421,13 +15422,13 @@ class="td11"> </td></tr></table></div> </div><hr class="endfloat" /> -<!--l. 6070--><p class="indent" > The glossary style can be set using the <span +<!--l. 6071--><p class="indent" > The glossary style can be set using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">style</span><a id="dx1-56011"></a> key in the optional argument to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossary</span><a id="dx1-56012"></a> or using the command: -</p><!--l. 6072--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\setglossarystyle</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56013"></a> <span @@ -15436,14 +15437,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">style-name</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6074--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6075--><p class="noindent" > Some of the glossary styles may also be set using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">style</span><a id="dx1-56014"></a> package option, it depends if the package in which they are defined is automatically loaded by the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package. -</p><!--l. 6079--><p class="indent" > The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions +</p><!--l. 6080--><p class="indent" > The tabular-like styles that allow multi-line descriptions and page lists use the length <span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a @@ -15477,7 +15478,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newline</span><a id="dx1-56025"></a> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\\</span></span></span>. -</p><!--l. 6097--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use the <span +</p><!--l. 6098--><p class="indent" > Note that if you use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">style</span><a id="dx1-56026"></a> key in the optional argument to <span @@ -15492,7 +15493,7 @@ glossary, so if, for example, you do \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}  <br />\printglossary[style=long] </div> -<!--l. 6104--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span +<!--l. 6105--><p class="nopar" > then the new definition of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip</span><a id="dx1-56028"></a> will not have an affect for this glossary, as <span @@ -15510,7 +15511,7 @@ again \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}  <br />\setglossarystyle{long} </div> -<!--l. 6112--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span +<!--l. 6113--><p class="nopar" > will reset <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip </span>back to its default definition for the named glossary style (<span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">long</span><a @@ -15529,22 +15530,22 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\setglossarystyle</span><a \setglossarystyle{long}  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{} </div> -<!--l. 6121--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span +<!--l. 6122--><p class="nopar" > As from version 3.03, you can now use the package option <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nogroupskip</span><a id="dx1-56033"></a> to suppress the gap between groups for the default styles instead of redefining <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip</span>. -</p><!--l. 6126--><p class="indent" > All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the +</p><!--l. 6127--><p class="indent" > All the styles except for the three- and four-column styles and the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listdotted</span><a id="dx1-56034"></a> style use the command -</p><!--l. 6128--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6129--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-56035"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspostdescription </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6130--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6131--><p class="noindent" > after the description. This simply displays a full stop by default. To eliminate this full stop (or replace it with something else, say, a comma) you will need to redefine <span @@ -15553,14 +15554,14 @@ displayed. Alternatively, you can suppress it for a given entry by placing <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\nopostdesc</span><a id="dx1-56036"></a> in the entry’s description. -</p><!--l. 6137--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span +</p><!--l. 6138--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03 you can now use the package option <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nopostdot</span><a id="dx1-56037"></a> to suppress this full stop. </p> <h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.1</span>  <a id="sec:liststyles"></a>List Styles</h3> -<!--l. 6143--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package +<!--l. 6144--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-list</span><a id="dx1-57001"></a>. Since they all use the <span @@ -15622,12 +15623,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listgroup</span><a class="E">E</span>X</span></span> to ensure the group information is up to date. In the navigation line, each group is separated by - <!--l. 6168--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 6169--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glshypernavsep</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-57017"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glshypernavsep </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6170--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6171--><p class="noindent" > which defaults to a vertical bar with a space on either side. For example, to simply have a space separating each group, do: @@ -15638,8 +15639,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glshypernavsep </span></div><hr> <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160"> \renewcommand*{\glshypernavsep}{\space} </div> - <!--l. 6175--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 6177--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set + <!--l. 6176--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 6178--><p class="noindent" >Note that the hyper-navigation line is now (as from version 1.14) set inside the optional argument to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\item</span><a id="dx1-57018"></a> instead of after it to prevent a @@ -15703,12 +15704,12 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\item[]</span></span></span>, followed by the name fol id="dx1-57032"></a><a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-57033"></a></a> and the symbol. The length - <!--l. 6202--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 6203--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-57034"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glslistdottedwidth </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6204--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6205--><p class="noindent" > governs where the description should start. This is a flat style, so child entries are formatted in the same way as the parent entries. @@ -15726,12 +15727,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listdotted</span><a <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listdotted</span><a id="dx1-57036"></a>.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 6215--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 6216--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6215--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6216--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.2</span>  <a id="sec:longstyles"></a>Longtable Styles</h3> -<!--l. 6218--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package +<!--l. 6219--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-long</span><a id="dx1-58001"></a>. Since they all use the <span @@ -15747,7 +15748,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nostyles</span><a id="dx1-58005"></a> package options. These styles fully justify the description and page list columns. If you want ragged right formatting instead, use the analogous styles described in <a -href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§15.3 </a><a +href="#sec:longraggedstyles">§15.3 </a><a href="#sec:longraggedstyles">Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:longraggedstyles --></a>. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -15941,12 +15942,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">altlong4colheaderborder</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">long4colheaderborder</span><a id="dx1-58049"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 6311--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 6312--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6311--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6312--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.3</span>  <a id="sec:longraggedstyles"></a>Longtable Styles (Ragged Right)</h3> -<!--l. 6314--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package +<!--l. 6315--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-longragged</span><a id="dx1-59001"></a>. These styles are analogous to those defined in @@ -15975,7 +15976,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-longragged</span><a \usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\usepackage{glossary-longragged} </div> -<!--l. 6326--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span +<!--l. 6327--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">style</span><a id="dx1-59008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t defined until after the <span @@ -16127,15 +16128,15 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">altlongragged4colheader</span><a id="dx1-59040"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 6398--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 6399--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6398--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6399--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.4</span>  <a id="sec:superstyles"></a>Supertabular Styles</h3> -<!--l. 6401--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package +<!--l. 6402--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-super</span><a id="dx1-60001"></a>. Since they all use the <span @@ -16161,7 +16162,7 @@ href="#fn3x17" id="fn3x17-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><a id="x1-60010f3"></a> These styles fully justify the description and page list columns. If you want ragged right formatting instead, use the analogous styles described in <a -href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§15.5 +href="#sec:superraggedstyles">§15.5 </a><a href="#sec:superraggedstyles">Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:superraggedstyles --></a>. </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -16359,12 +16360,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">altsuper4colheaderborder</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">super4colheaderborder</span><a id="dx1-60055"></a> but allows multi-line descriptions and page lists.</dd></dl> -<!--l. 6497--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 6498--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6497--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6498--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.5</span>  <a id="sec:superraggedstyles"></a>Supertabular Styles (Ragged Right)</h3> -<!--l. 6500--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package +<!--l. 6501--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-superragged</span><a id="dx1-61001"></a>. These styles are analogous to those defined in @@ -16393,7 +16394,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-superragged</span><a \usepackage{glossaries}  <br />\usepackage{glossary-superragged} </div> -<!--l. 6512--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span +<!--l. 6513--><p class="nopar" > Note that you can’t set these styles using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">style</span><a id="dx1-61008"></a> package option since the styles aren’t defined until after the <span @@ -16548,12 +16549,12 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">altsuperragged4colheader</span><a id="dx1-61041"></a> but has horizontal and vertical lines around it. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 6585--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 6586--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6585--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6586--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.6</span>  <a id="sec:treestyles"></a>Tree-Like Styles</h3> -<!--l. 6588--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package +<!--l. 6589--><p class="noindent" >The styles described in this section are all defined in the package <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-tree</span><a id="dx1-62001"></a>. These styles are designed for hierarchical glossaries but can @@ -16697,7 +16698,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">tree</span><a id="dx1-62032"></a> style except that the indentation for each level is determined by the width of the text specified by - <!--l. 6648--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span + <!--l. 6649--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-62033"></a> <span @@ -16710,7 +16711,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> - </p><!--l. 6650--><p class="noindent" > + </p><!--l. 6651--><p class="noindent" > The optional argument <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">level</span><span @@ -16723,7 +16724,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">level</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is omitted, 0 is assumed. - </p><!--l. 6657--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph + </p><!--l. 6658--><p class="noindent" >For each level, the name is placed to the left of the paragraph block containing the symbol (optional) and the description. If the symbol is present, it is placed in parentheses before the description. @@ -16749,15 +16750,15 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">alttreegroup</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listhypergroup</span><a id="dx1-62038"></a>, described above. </dd></dl> -<!--l. 6672--><p class="noindent" > +<!--l. 6673--><p class="noindent" > </p> -<!--l. 6672--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6673--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.7</span>  <a id="sec:mcolstyles"></a>Multicols Style</h3> -<!--l. 6675--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 6676--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-mcols</span><a id="dx1-63001"></a> package provides tree-like styles that are in the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">multicols</span><a @@ -16767,7 +16768,7 @@ environment (defined by the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">multicol</span><a id="dx1-63004"></a> package). The style names are as their analogous tree styles (as defined in <a -href="#sec:treestyles">§15.6 </a><a +href="#sec:treestyles">§15.6 </a><a href="#sec:treestyles">Tree-Like Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:treestyles --></a>) but are prefixed with “mcol”. For example, the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">mcolindex</span><a @@ -16780,7 +16781,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">multicols</span><a id="dx1-63008"></a> environment. For the complete list, see <a href="#x1-630122">table 15.2</a>. -</p><!--l. 6683--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span +</p><!--l. 6684--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-mcols</span><a id="dx1-63009"></a> is not loaded by <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span>. If you want to @@ -16790,14 +16791,14 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\usepackage </span>and set the required glossary style <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\setglossarystyle</span><a id="dx1-63010"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6688--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6690--><p class="indent" > The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining -</p><!--l. 6691--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6689--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6691--><p class="indent" > The default number of columns is 2, but can be changed by redefining +</p><!--l. 6692--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsmcols</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-63011"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsmcols </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6693--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6694--><p class="noindent" > to the required number. For example, for a three column glossary: @@ -16808,11 +16809,11 @@ to the required number. For example, for a three column glossary:  <br />\renewcommand*{\glsmcols}{3}  <br />\setglossarystyle{mcolindex} </div> -<!--l. 6699--><p class="nopar" > +<!--l. 6700--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6701--><p class="indent" > <a +</p><!--l. 6702--><p class="indent" > <a id="x1-630122"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float" > @@ -16931,10 +16932,10 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">alttreehypergroup</span><a </div><hr class="endfloat" /> -<!--l. 6725--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6726--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">15.8</span>  <a id="sec:inline"></a>In-Line Style</h3> -<!--l. 6728--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span +<!--l. 6729--><p class="noindent" >This section covers the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-inline</span><a id="dx1-64001"></a> package that supplies the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">inline</span><a @@ -16945,7 +16946,7 @@ styles, such as lists or tables). This style doesn’t display the <a href="#glo:numberlist">number list<a id="dx1-64004"></a></a>. -</p><!--l. 6733--><p class="indent" > You will most likely need to redefine <span +</p><!--l. 6734--><p class="indent" > You will most likely need to redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarysection</span><a id="dx1-64005"></a> with this style. For example, suppose you are required to have your glossaries and list of @@ -16959,8 +16960,8 @@ acronyms in a footnote, you can do:  <br /> \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\textbf{#1}: }  <br /> \setglossarystyle{inline} </div> -<!--l. 6741--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6743--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span +<!--l. 6742--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6744--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that you need to include <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary-inline</span><a id="dx1-64006"></a> with <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\usepackage </span>as it’s @@ -16969,8 +16970,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package and then set the style using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\setglossarystyle</span><a id="dx1-64007"></a>. </div> -</p><!--l. 6748--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6750--><p class="indent" > Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can +</p><!--l. 6749--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6751--><p class="indent" > Where you need to include your glossaries as a footnote you can do: @@ -16979,58 +16980,58 @@ do: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-165"> \footnote{\printglossaries} </div> -<!--l. 6753--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6755--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 6754--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6756--><p class="indent" > The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">inline</span><a id="dx1-64008"></a> style is governed by the following: -</p><!--l. 6756--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6757--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsinlineseparator</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-64009"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsinlineseparator</span><a id="dx1-64010"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6758--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6759--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">; </span>” and is used between main (i.e. level 0) entries. -</p><!--l. 6761--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6762--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-64011"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsinlinesubseparator</span><a id="dx1-64012"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6763--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6764--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">, </span>” and is used between sub-entries. -</p><!--l. 6766--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6767--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-64013"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsinlineparentchildseparator</span><a id="dx1-64014"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6768--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6769--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">: </span>” and is used between a parent main entry and its first sub-entry. -</p><!--l. 6771--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6772--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glspostinline</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-64015"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspostinline</span><a id="dx1-64016"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6773--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6774--><p class="noindent" > This defaults to “<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">; </span>” and is used at the end of the glossary. </p> -<!--l. 6777--><p class="noindent" ><a +<!--l. 6778--><p class="noindent" ><a href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">16</span>  <a id="sec:newglossarystyle"></a>Defining your own glossary style</h2> If the predefined styles don’t fit your requirements, you can define your own style using: -<!--l. 6782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 6783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\newglossarystyle</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65001"></a> <span @@ -17044,7 +17045,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">definitions</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6785--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">name</span><span @@ -17055,7 +17056,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">definitions</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>needs to redefine all of the following: -</p><!--l. 6789--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6790--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">theglossary</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65002"></a><a @@ -17063,7 +17064,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">theglossary</span><a id="dx1-65004"></a><a id="dx1-65005"></a> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6791--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6792--><p class="noindent" > This environment defines how the main body of the glossary should be typeset. Note that this does not include the section heading, the glossary preamble (defined by <span @@ -17085,12 +17086,12 @@ to begin and end the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-65013"></a><a id="dx1-65014"></a> environment. -</p><!--l. 6800--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6801--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossaryheader</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65015"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryheader </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6802--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6803--><p class="noindent" > This macro indicates what to do at the start of the main body of the glossary. Note that this is not the same as <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossarypreamble</span><a @@ -17106,7 +17107,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">longheader</span><a id="dx1-65019"></a> glossary style redefines <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryheader </span>to do a header row. -</p><!--l. 6810--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6811--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsgroupheading</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65020"></a> <span @@ -17115,7 +17116,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6812--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6813--><p class="noindent" > This macro indicates what to do at the start of each logical block within the main body of the glossary. If you use <a id="dx1-65021"></a><a @@ -17137,11 +17138,11 @@ href="#glo:xindy"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-65027"></a></a>, the sub-divisions depend on the language settings. -</p><!--l. 6823--><p class="indent" > Note that the argument to <span +</p><!--l. 6824--><p class="indent" > Note that the argument to <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupheading </span>is a label <span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">not </span>the group title. The group title can be obtained via -</p><!--l. 6826--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsgetgrouptitle</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65028"></a> <span @@ -17150,7 +17151,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6828--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6829--><p class="noindent" > This obtains the title as follows: if <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -17190,15 +17191,15 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>may be an active character -(for example ø), in which case the title will be set to just <span +(for example ø), in which case the title will be set to just <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. You can redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgetgrouptitle </span>if this is unsuitable for your document. -</p><!--l. 6842--><p class="indent" > A navigation hypertarget can be created using -</p><!--l. 6843--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6843--><p class="indent" > A navigation hypertarget can be created using +</p><!--l. 6844--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsnavhypertarget</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65033"></a> <span @@ -17211,12 +17212,12 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6845--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6846--><p class="noindent" > For further details about <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnavhypertarget</span>, see the documented code (<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). -</p><!--l. 6850--><p class="indent" > Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span +</p><!--l. 6851--><p class="indent" > Most of the predefined glossary styles redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupheading</span> to simply ignore its argument. The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">listhypergroup</span><a @@ -17231,19 +17232,19 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupheading </span>as follows: \renewcommand*{\glsgroupheading}[1]{%  <br />\item[\glsnavhypertarget{##1}{\glsgetgrouptitle{##1}}]} </div> -<!--l. 6856--><p class="nopar" > See also <span +<!--l. 6857--><p class="nopar" > See also <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip </span>below. (Note that command definitions within <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossarystyle</span><a id="dx1-65035"></a> must use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">##1</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">#1</span></span></span> etc.) -</p><!--l. 6860--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6861--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65036"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6862--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6863--><p class="noindent" > This macro determines what to do after one logical group but before the header for the next logical group. The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a @@ -17254,11 +17255,11 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\indexspace</span><a id="dx1-65038"></a>, whereas the tabular-like styles redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsgroupskip </span>to produce a blank row. -</p><!--l. 6869--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03, the package option <span +</p><!--l. 6870--><p class="indent" > As from version 3.03, the package option <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nogroupskip</span><a id="dx1-65039"></a> can be used to suppress this default gap for the predefined styles. -</p><!--l. 6872--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6873--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glossentry</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65040"></a> <span @@ -17271,7 +17272,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">number list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6874--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6875--><p class="noindent" > This macro indicates what to do for each level 0 glossary entry. The entry label is given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -17318,10 +17319,10 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span>. (See <a -href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a +href="#sec:glsnolink">§9 </a><a href="#sec:glsnolink">Using Glossary Terms Without Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsnolink --></a> for further details.) You can also use the following commands: -</p><!--l. 6885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryitem</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65048"></a> <span @@ -17330,7 +17331,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6887--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6888--><p class="noindent" > This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the main (level 0) entries if the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">entrycounter</span><a @@ -17342,18 +17343,18 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentry</span> before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstarget</span>. The format of the counter is controlled by the macro -</p><!--l. 6893--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentrycounterlabel</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65051"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6895--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6897--><p class="indent" > Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks +</p><!--l. 6896--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6898--><p class="indent" > Each time you use a glossary entry it creates a hyperlink (if hyperlinks are enabled) to the relevant line in the glossary. Your new glossary style must therefore redefine <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentry </span>to set the appropriate target. This is done using -</p><!--l. 6902--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glstarget</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65052"></a> <span @@ -17366,7 +17367,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">text</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6904--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6905--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -17380,7 +17381,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperref</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstarget </span>won’t create a target if <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\hypertarget </span>hasn’t been defined. -</p><!--l. 6910--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span +</p><!--l. 6911--><p class="indent" > For example, the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a id="dx1-65054"></a> style defines <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentry </span>as follows: @@ -17394,12 +17395,12 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentry </span>as follows:  <br />          \glstarget{##1}{\glossentryname{##1}}]  <br />       \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2} </div> -<!--l. 6916--><p class="nopar" > -</p><!--l. 6918--><p class="indent" > Note also that <span +<!--l. 6917--><p class="nopar" > +</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="indent" > Note also that <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">number list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>will always be of the form -</p><!--l. 6920--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 6921--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossaryentrynumbers</span><a id="dx1-65055"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">{\relax</span><br @@ -17424,7 +17425,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">number(s)</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6922--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6923--><p class="noindent" > where <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">number(s)</span><span @@ -17473,7 +17474,7 @@ worry about whether the user has specified the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nonumberlist</span><a id="dx1-65064"></a> package option. -</p><!--l. 6939--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\subglossentry</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65065"></a> <span @@ -17491,7 +17492,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">number list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6941--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6942--><p class="noindent" > This is used to display sub-entries. The first argument, <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">level</span><span @@ -17501,7 +17502,7 @@ The remaining arguments are analogous to those for <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentry</span><a id="dx1-65066"></a> described above. -</p><!--l. 6948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6949--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65067"></a> <span @@ -17510,7 +17511,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6951--><p class="noindent" > This macro will increment and display the associated counter for the level 1 entries if the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">subentrycounter</span><a @@ -17520,13 +17521,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\subglossentry </span>before <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glstarget</span><a id="dx1-65069"></a>. The format of the counter is controlled by the macro -</p><!--l. 6956--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6957--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glssubentrycounterlabel</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65070"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glssubentrycounterlabel </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6958--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 6960--><p class="indent" > Note that <span +</p><!--l. 6959--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6961--><p class="indent" > Note that <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossary</span><a id="dx1-65071"></a> (which <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries</span><a @@ -17534,26 +17535,26 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries</span><a -</p><!--l. 6962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 6963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\currentglossary</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-65073"></a> <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\currentglossary </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 6964--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 6965--><p class="noindent" > to the current glossary label, so it’s possible to create a glossary style that varies according to the glossary type. -</p><!--l. 6968--><p class="indent" > For further details of these commands, see “Displaying the glossary” in +</p><!--l. 6969--><p class="indent" > For further details of these commands, see “Displaying the glossary” in the documented code (<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span>). <a id="x1-65074r19"></a> -</p><!--l. 6972--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 6973--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 19</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Creating a completely new style)</span><a id="x1-65075"></a> -</p><!--l. 6974--><p class="indent" > If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the +</p><!--l. 6975--><p class="indent" > If you want a completely new style, you will need to redefine all of the commands and the environment listed above. -</p><!--l. 6977--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point. +</p><!--l. 6978--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want each entry to start with a bullet point. This means that the glossary should be placed in the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">itemize</span><a id="dx1-65076"></a><a @@ -17608,7 +17609,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">mylist</span>, as follows:  <br />   \glossentry{##2}{##3}}%  <br /> } </div> -<!--l. 7011--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are +<!--l. 7012--><p class="nopar" > Note that this style creates a flat glossary, where sub-entries are displayed in exactly the same way as the top level entries. It also hasn’t used <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryitem</span><a @@ -17623,7 +17624,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">counterwithin</span><a class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">subentrycounter</span><a id="dx1-65089"></a> package options. -</p><!--l. 7018--><p class="indent" > Variations: </p> +</p><!--l. 7019--><p class="indent" > Variations: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">You might want the entry name to be capitalised, in which case use <span @@ -17637,7 +17638,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glossentryname</span><a <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\ifglshassymbol</span><a id="dx1-65092"></a> (see <a -href="#sec:utilities">§17 </a><a +href="#sec:utilities">§17 </a><a href="#sec:utilities">Utilities<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:utilities --></a>): @@ -17655,20 +17656,20 @@ href="#sec:utilities">Utilities<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:utilities --></a>):  <br /> \space [##2]% the number list in square brackets  <br /> }% </div> - <!--l. 7038--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul> + <!--l. 7039--><p class="nopar" ></p></li></ul> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7040--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7040--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7041--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7041--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a id="x1-65093r20"></a> -<!--l. 7043--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 7044--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 20</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Creating a new glossary style based on an</span> <span class="ec-lmbx-12">existing style)</span><a id="x1-65094"></a> -</p><!--l. 7045--><p class="indent" > If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an +</p><!--l. 7046--><p class="indent" > If you want to define a new style that is a slightly modified version of an existing style, you can use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\setglossarystyle</span><a id="dx1-65095"></a> within the second @@ -17695,7 +17696,7 @@ follows:  <br />                              % between groups  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7059--><p class="nopar" > (In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the <span +<!--l. 7060--><p class="nopar" > (In this case, you can actually achieve the same effect using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a id="dx1-65099"></a> style in combination with the package option <span @@ -17703,11 +17704,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nogroupskip</span><a id="dx1-65100"></a>.) </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7063--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7063--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7064--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7064--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <a id="x1-65101r21"></a> -<!--l. 7067--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 7068--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 21</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Example: creating a glossary style that uses</span> <span @@ -17720,7 +17721,7 @@ class="ec-lmssbx-10x-x-120">user6</span><a id="dx1-65103"></a> <span class="ec-lmbx-12">keys)</span><a id="x1-65104"></a> -</p><!--l. 7069--><p class="indent" > Suppose each entry not only has an associated symbol, but also units +</p><!--l. 7070--><p class="indent" > Suppose each entry not only has an associated symbol, but also units (stored in <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">user1</span><a id="dx1-65105"></a>) and dimension (stored in <span @@ -17774,19 +17775,19 @@ follows:  <br /> \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7111--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 7112--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7112--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7112--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7113--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7113--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">17</span>  <a id="sec:utilities"></a>Utilities</h2> -<!--l. 7117--><p class="noindent" >This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands can +<!--l. 7118--><p class="noindent" >This section describes some utility commands. Additional commands can be found in the documented code (glossaries-code.pdf). -</p><!--l. 7120--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7121--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\forallglossaries</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66001"></a> <span @@ -17804,7 +17805,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">body</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7122--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7123--><p class="noindent" > This iterates through <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span @@ -17822,7 +17823,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary list</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is omitted, the default is to iterate over all glossaries. -</p><!--l. 7130--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\forglsentries</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66002"></a> <span @@ -17840,7 +17841,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">body</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7132--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7133--><p class="noindent" > This iterates through all entries in the glossary given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">glossary label</span><span @@ -17861,7 +17862,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is omitted, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdefaulttype</span><a id="dx1-66003"></a> (usually the main glossary) is used. -</p><!--l. 7139--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7140--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\forallglsentries</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66004"></a> <span @@ -17879,7 +17880,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">body</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7141--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7142--><p class="noindent" > This is like <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\forglsentries </span>but for each glossary in <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span @@ -17907,7 +17908,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span>within class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">body</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>.) -</p><!--l. 7149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7150--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglossaryexists</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66005"></a> <span @@ -17920,7 +17921,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7152--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7153--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -17932,7 +17933,7 @@ performed, otherwise <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 7156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglsentryexists</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66006"></a> <span @@ -17945,7 +17946,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7159--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7160--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -17967,13 +17968,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries</span><a id="dx1-66008"></a> even if the entry is explicitly defined later in the document. This is because the entry has to be defined before it can be displayed in the glossary, see <a -href="#sec:techissues">§4.8.1 </a><a +href="#sec:techissues">§4.8.1 </a><a href="#sec:techissues">Technical Issues<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:techissues --></a> for further details.) -</p><!--l. 7169--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7170--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66009"></a> <span @@ -17986,7 +17987,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">code</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7171--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7172--><p class="noindent" > Does <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">code</span><span @@ -17996,7 +17997,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>exists. If it doesn’t exist, an error is generated. (This command uses <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\ifglsentryexists</span>.) -</p><!--l. 7176--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsdoifnoexists</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66010"></a> <span @@ -18009,12 +18010,12 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">code</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7178--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7179--><p class="noindent" > Does the reverse of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsdoifexists</span>. (This command uses <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\ifglsentryexists</span>.) -</p><!--l. 7182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66011"></a> <span @@ -18026,11 +18027,11 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">true part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7185--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7186--><p class="noindent" > See <a -href="#sec:glsunset">§14 </a><a +href="#sec:glsunset">§14 </a><a href="#sec:glsunset">Unsetting and Resetting Entry Flags<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>. -</p><!--l. 7188--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshaschildren</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66012"></a> <span @@ -18043,7 +18044,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7191--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7192--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -18055,7 +18056,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is performed, otherwise <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 7196--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7197--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshasparent</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66013"></a> <span @@ -18068,7 +18069,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7199--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7200--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -18080,7 +18081,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is performed, otherwise <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 7204--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7205--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66014"></a> <span @@ -18098,7 +18099,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7206--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7207--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -18112,7 +18113,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>is performed, otherwise <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. -</p><!--l. 7211--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7212--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshaslong</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66016"></a> <span @@ -18130,7 +18131,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7213--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7214--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -18147,7 +18148,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. This should be true for any entry that has been defined via <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-66018"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7219--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshasshort</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66019"></a> <span @@ -18165,7 +18166,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7221--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7222--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the glossary entry given by <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -18182,7 +18183,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. This should be true for any entry that has been defined via <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-66021"></a>. -</p><!--l. 7227--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7228--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66022"></a> <span @@ -18200,7 +18201,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7229--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7230--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-66023"></a> field is non-empty for the entry given by @@ -18218,7 +18219,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. Compare with: -</p><!--l. 7233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7234--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglsdescsuppressed</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-66024"></a> <span @@ -18237,7 +18238,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7235--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7236--><p class="noindent" > This checks if the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">description</span><a id="dx1-66025"></a> field has been set to just <span @@ -18261,7 +18262,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. </p> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">18</span>  <a id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h2> -<!--l. 7241--><p class="noindent" >The <span +<!--l. 7243--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-prefix</span><a id="dx1-67001"></a> package provides additional keys that can be used as prefixes. For example, if you want to specify determiners (such as “a”, “an” @@ -18269,7 +18270,7 @@ or “the”). The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-prefix </span>package automatically loads the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span> package and has the same package options. -</p><!--l. 7248--><p class="indent" > The extra keys for <span +</p><!--l. 7250--><p class="indent" > The extra keys for <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newglossaryentry</span><a id="dx1-67002"></a> are as follows: </p><dl class="description"><dt class="description"> @@ -18309,11 +18310,11 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixplural</span><a id="dx1-67012"></a> key.</dd></dl> <a id="x1-67013r22"></a> -<!--l. 7265--><p class="noindent" ><span +<!--l. 7267--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 22</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Defining Determiners)</span><a id="x1-67014"></a> -</p><!--l. 7266--><p class="indent" > Here’s the start of my example document: +</p><!--l. 7268--><p class="indent" > Here’s the start of my example document: @@ -18323,7 +18324,7 @@ documentclass{article}  <br />\usepackage[colorlinks]{hyperref}  <br />\usepackage[toc,acronym]{glossaries-prefix} </div> -<!--l. 7272--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve simply replaced <span +<!--l. 7274--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve simply replaced <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>from previous sample documents with <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-prefix</span>. Now for a sample @@ -18341,7 +18342,7 @@ href="#fn1x20" id="fn1x20-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a  <br />  prefixplural={the\space}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7284--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve had to explicitly insert a space after the prefix. This allows +<!--l. 7286--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve had to explicitly insert a space after the prefix. This allows for the possibility of prefixes that shouldn’t have a space, such as: @@ -18355,7 +18356,7 @@ as:  <br />  prefix={l’},  <br />  prefixplural={les\space}} </div> -<!--l. 7294--><p class="nopar" > Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use +<!--l. 7296--><p class="nopar" > Where a space is required at the end of the prefix, you must use a spacing command, such as <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\space</span>, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\␣</span></span></span> (backslash space) or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span @@ -18368,7 +18369,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">value</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span> options. -</p><!--l. 7300--><p class="indent" > The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example: +</p><!--l. 7302--><p class="indent" > The prefixes can also be used with acronyms. For example: @@ -18379,12 +18380,12 @@ options.  <br />   prefix={an\space},prefixfirst={a~}%  <br /> ]{svm}{SVM}{support vector machine} </div> -<!--l. 7306--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 7308--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7307--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7307--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 7309--><p class="indent" > The <span +<!--l. 7309--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7309--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7311--><p class="indent" > The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-prefix</span><a id="dx1-67017"></a> package provides convenient commands to use these prefixes with commands such as <span @@ -18395,7 +18396,7 @@ considered part of the <a href="#glo:linktext">link text<a id="dx1-67020"></a></a>, so it’s not included in the hyperlink (where hyperlinks are enabled). -</p><!--l. 7313--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7315--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\pgls</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67021"></a> <span @@ -18412,7 +18413,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7315--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7317--><p class="noindent" > This is prepends the value of the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefix</span><a id="dx1-67022"></a> key (or <span @@ -18434,7 +18435,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span>. -</p><!--l. 7320--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7322--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Pgls</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67025"></a> <span @@ -18451,7 +18452,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7322--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7324--><p class="noindent" > If the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefix</span><a id="dx1-67026"></a> key (or <span @@ -18489,7 +18490,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span>. -</p><!--l. 7330--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7332--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\PGLS</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67030"></a> <span @@ -18506,14 +18507,14 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7332--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7334--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\pgls </span>but converts the prefix to upper case and uses <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GLS</span><a id="dx1-67031"></a> instead of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls</span>. -</p><!--l. 7336--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7338--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\pglspl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67032"></a> <span @@ -18530,7 +18531,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7338--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7340--><p class="noindent" > This is prepends the value of the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixplural</span><a id="dx1-67033"></a> key (or <span @@ -18552,7 +18553,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span>. -</p><!--l. 7343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Pglspl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67036"></a> <span @@ -18569,7 +18570,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7345--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7347--><p class="noindent" > If the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixplural</span><a id="dx1-67037"></a> key (or <span @@ -18607,7 +18608,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">insert</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">]</span>. -</p><!--l. 7353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\PGLSpl</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67041"></a> <span @@ -18627,7 +18628,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">] </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7355--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7357--><p class="noindent" > As <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\pglspl </span>but converts the prefix to upper case and uses <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\GLSpl</span><a @@ -18636,11 +18637,11 @@ of <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glspl</span>. <a id="x1-67043r23"></a> -</p><!--l. 7359--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 7361--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 23</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Using Prefixes)</span><a id="x1-67044"></a> -</p><!--l. 7360--><p class="indent" > Continuing from Example <a +</p><!--l. 7362--><p class="indent" > Continuing from Example <a href="#x1-67013r22">22<!--tex4ht:ref: ex:determiners --></a>, now that I’ve defined my entries, I can use them in the text via the above commands: @@ -18652,20 +18653,20 @@ First use: \pgls{svm}. Next use: \pgls{svm}.  <br />Singular: \pgls{sample}, \pgls{oeil}.  <br />Plural: \pglspl{sample}, \pglspl{oeil}. </div> -<!--l. 7366--><p class="nopar" > which produces: +<!--l. 7368--><p class="nopar" > which produces: </p><div class="quote"> - <!--l. 7369--><p class="noindent" >First use: a support vector machine (SVM). Next use: an + <!--l. 7371--><p class="noindent" >First use: a support vector machine (SVM). Next use: an SVM. Singular: a sample, l’oeil. Plural: the samples, les yeux.</p></div> -<!--l. 7373--><p class="noindent" >For a complete document, see <a +<!--l. 7375--><p class="noindent" >For a complete document, see <a href="#x1-6123r29"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sample-prefix.tex</span></a>. </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7374--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7374--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> -<!--l. 7376--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands: -</p><!--l. 7377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +<!--l. 7376--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7376--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7378--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands: +</p><!--l. 7379--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshasprefix</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67045"></a> <span @@ -18683,7 +18684,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7379--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7381--><p class="noindent" > Does <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">true part</span><span @@ -18694,8 +18695,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>has a non-empty value for the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefix</span><a id="dx1-67046"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 7383--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands: -</p><!--l. 7384--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7385--><p class="indent" > This package also provides the following commands: +</p><!--l. 7386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67047"></a> <span @@ -18714,7 +18715,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7386--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7388--><p class="noindent" > Does <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">true part</span><span @@ -18725,7 +18726,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>has a non-empty value for the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixplural</span><a id="dx1-67048"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 7390--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirst</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67049"></a> <span @@ -18744,7 +18745,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7392--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7394--><p class="noindent" > Does <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">true part</span><span @@ -18755,11 +18756,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>has a non-empty value for the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixfirst</span><a id="dx1-67050"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 7396--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7398--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67051"></a> -</p><!--l. 7398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 7400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\ifglshasprefixfirstplural{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span @@ -18774,7 +18775,7 @@ class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">false part</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">}</span> </div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7399--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7401--><p class="noindent" > Does <span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">true part</span><span @@ -18785,7 +18786,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩ </span>has a non-empty value for the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixfirstplural</span><a id="dx1-67052"></a> key. -</p><!--l. 7403--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7405--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryprefix</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67053"></a> <span @@ -18797,7 +18798,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7405--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7407--><p class="noindent" > Displays the value of the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefix</span><a id="dx1-67054"></a> key for the entry given by <span @@ -18805,7 +18806,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. (No check is performed to determine if the entry exists.) -</p><!--l. 7410--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7412--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirst</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67055"></a> <span @@ -18814,7 +18815,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7412--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7414--><p class="noindent" > Displays the value of the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixfirst</span><a id="dx1-67056"></a> key for the entry given by <span @@ -18822,7 +18823,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. (No check is performed to determine if the entry exists.) -</p><!--l. 7417--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryprefixplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67057"></a> <span @@ -18831,7 +18832,7 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7419--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7421--><p class="noindent" > Displays the value of the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixplural</span><a id="dx1-67058"></a> key for the entry given by <span @@ -18839,17 +18840,17 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. (No check is performed to determine if the entry exists.) -</p><!--l. 7424--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7426--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\glsentryprefixfirstplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67059"></a> -</p><!--l. 7426--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 7428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsentryprefixfirstplural{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7427--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7429--><p class="noindent" > Displays the value of the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">prefixfirstplural</span><a id="dx1-67060"></a> key for the entry given by <span @@ -18857,11 +18858,11 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span>. (No check is performed to determine if the entry exists.) -</p><!--l. 7432--><p class="indent" > There are also variants that convert the first letter to upper +</p><!--l. 7434--><p class="indent" > There are also variants that convert the first letter to upper case<span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x20" id="fn2x20-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><a id="x1-67061f2"></a>: -</p><!--l. 7435--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7437--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryprefix</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67062"></a> <span @@ -18870,8 +18871,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7437--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7439--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirst</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67063"></a> <span @@ -18880,8 +18881,8 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7440--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7442--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7443--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67064"></a> <span @@ -18890,28 +18891,28 @@ class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7443--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7445--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7446--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span +</p><!--l. 7448--><p class="indent" > <span class="marginpar"><span class="ec-lmtt-10">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10"> </span></span><a id="dx1-67065"></a> -</p><!--l. 7448--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span +</p><!--l. 7450--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\Glsentryprefixfirstplural{</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟨</span><span class="ec-lmri-10x-x-109">label</span><span class="lmsy-10x-x-109">⟩</span><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">} </span></div><hr> -</p><!--l. 7449--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7451--><p class="noindent" > <a id="x1-67066r24"></a> -</p><!--l. 7451--><p class="noindent" ><span +</p><!--l. 7453--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-12">Example 24</span><span class="ec-lmbx-12"> (Adding Determiner to Glossary Style)</span><a id="x1-67067"></a> -</p><!--l. 7452--><p class="indent" > You can use the above commands to define a new glossary style that uses +</p><!--l. 7454--><p class="indent" > You can use the above commands to define a new glossary style that uses the determiner. For example, the following style is a slight modification of the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a @@ -18930,17 +18931,17 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a  <br />       \glossentrydesc{##1}\glspostdescription\space ##2}%  <br />} </div> -<!--l. 7465--><p class="nopar" > </p> +<!--l. 7467--><p class="nopar" > </p> <div class="center" > -<!--l. 7466--><p class="noindent" > -</p><!--l. 7466--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> +<!--l. 7468--><p class="noindent" > +</p><!--l. 7468--><p class="noindent" >____________________________</p></div> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">19</span>  <a - id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h2> -<!--l. 7469--><p class="noindent" >Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying + id="sec:exnewstyle"></a>Accessibility Support</h2> +<!--l. 7472--><p class="noindent" >Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-68001"></a> package, but note that this package is experimental and @@ -19060,7 +19061,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">shortplural</span><a class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a id="dx1-68032"></a>). </dd></dl> -<!--l. 7516--><p class="noindent" >For example: +<!--l. 7519--><p class="noindent" >For example: @@ -19069,7 +19070,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\newacronym</span><a \newglossaryentry{tex}{name={\TeX},description={Document  <br />preparation language},access={TeX}} </div> -<!--l. 7520--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span +<!--l. 7523--><p class="nopar" > Now <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{tex}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to @@ -19078,13 +19079,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\gls{tex}</span></span></span> will be equivalent to <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179"> \BeginAccSupp{ActualText=TeX}\TeX\EndAccSupp{} </div> -<!--l. 7524--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a +<!--l. 7527--><p class="nopar" > The sample file <a href="#x1-6125r30"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">sampleaccsupp.tex</span></a> illustrates the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries-accsupp</span><a id="dx1-68033"></a> package. -</p><!--l. 7528--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span +</p><!--l. 7531--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">glossaries-code.pdf</span>) for further details. It is recommended that you also read the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">accsupp</span><a @@ -19094,8 +19095,8 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">accsupp</span><a </p> <h2 class="chapterHead"><span class="titlemark">20</span>  <a - id="sec:trouble"></a>Troubleshooting</h2> -<!--l. 7535--><p class="noindent" >The <span + id="sec:exadaptstyle"></a>Troubleshooting</h2> +<!--l. 7538--><p class="noindent" >The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package comes with a minimal file called <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">minimalgls.tex</span> which can be used for testing. This should be located in the @@ -19112,7 +19113,7 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> code is available at <a href="http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/~nlct/latex/minexample/" class="url" ><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">http://theoval.cmp.uea.ac.uk/~nlct/latex/minexample/</span></a>. -</p><!--l. 7546--><p class="indent" > Below is a list of the most frequently asked questions. For other queries, consult the +</p><!--l. 7549--><p class="indent" > Below is a list of the most frequently asked questions. For other queries, consult the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>FAQ at <a href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/faqs/glossariesfaq.html" class="url" ><span @@ -19141,8 +19142,8 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I get the error message: ! Undefined control sequence.  <br />\in@ #1#2->\begingroup \def \in@@ </div> - <!--l. 7561--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 7563--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 7564--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 7566--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>This error can occur if you have a fragile command in one of your entry definitions. In most cases using <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\glsnoexpandfields </span>before @@ -19162,8 +19163,8 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I get the error message: <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181"> Missing \begin{document} </div> - <!--l. 7574--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 7576--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 7577--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 7579--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>Check you are using an up to date version of the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">xkeyval</span><a id="dx1-69005"></a> @@ -19183,8 +19184,8 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a ERROR: CHAR: index 0 should be less than the length of  <br />the string </div> - <!--l. 7584--><p class="nopar" > - </p><!--l. 7586--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 7587--><p class="nopar" > + </p><!--l. 7589--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A.</span> <a id="dx1-69010"></a><a href="#glo:xindy"><span @@ -19213,7 +19214,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a \newglossaryentry{alpha}{name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},  <br />  description=alpha} </div> - <!--l. 7595--><p class="nopar" > Either use a different sort key for the entry, for example: + <!--l. 7598--><p class="nopar" > Either use a different sort key for the entry, for example: @@ -19223,13 +19224,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a  <br />  name={\ensuremath{\alpha}},  <br />  description=alpha} </div> - <!--l. 7601--><p class="nopar" > or, if all entries are like this, you may prefer to use the <span + <!--l. 7604--><p class="nopar" > or, if all entries are like this, you may prefer to use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort=use</span><a id="dx1-69018"></a> or <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort=def</span><a id="dx1-69019"></a> package options. See <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.4 </a><a +href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.4 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a> for further details of the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a @@ -19241,7 +19242,7 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I’ve used the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a id="dx1-69023"></a> option, but the acronyms are displayed in normal sized upper case letters. - <!--l. 7610--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 7613--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smallcaps</span><a id="dx1-69024"></a> package option uses <span @@ -19255,7 +19256,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\textsc</span><a <li class="enumerate" id="x1-69027x5"><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>My acronyms won’t break across a line when they’re expanded. - <!--l. 7618--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 7621--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>PDF<span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> can break hyperlinks across a line, but <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> can’t. @@ -19271,7 +19272,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">hyperfirst=false</span><a class="enumerate" id="x1-69031x6"><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>How do I change the font that the acronyms are displayed in? - <!--l. 7624--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 7627--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>The easiest way to do this is to specify the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a id="dx1-69032"></a> package option @@ -19288,7 +19289,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\acronymfont</span><a \usepackage[smaller]{glossaries}  <br />\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{\textsf{#1}} </div> - <!--l. 7631--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 7634--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-69035x7"><span @@ -19296,7 +19297,7 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>How do I change the font that the acronyms a <a id="dx1-69036"></a><a href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>? - <!--l. 7636--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 7639--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>The easiest way to do this is to specify the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">smaller</span><a id="dx1-69037"></a> package option @@ -19323,7 +19324,7 @@ href="#glo:firstuse">first  <br />\renewcommand*{\firstacronymfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}  <br />\renewcommand*{\acronymfont}[1]{#1} </div> - <!--l. 7646--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 7649--><p class="nopar" > </p></li> <li class="enumerate" id="x1-69043x8"><span @@ -19332,7 +19333,7 @@ class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I don’t have Perl installed, do I have href="#glo:makeglossaries"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-69045"></a></a>? - <!--l. 7651--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 7654--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>No. Although it is strongly recommended, you don’t have to use <a id="dx1-69046"></a><a @@ -19349,7 +19350,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossariesgui</span><a href="#glo:makeindex"><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-69051"></a></a> explicitly (see <a -href="#sec:makeindexapp">§1.3.3 </a><a +href="#sec:makeindexapp">§1.3.3 </a><a href="#sec:makeindexapp">Using makeindex explicitly<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeindexapp --></a>). Note that you can’t use <a id="dx1-69052"></a><a @@ -19366,7 +19367,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary </span>package: are there any instructions class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossary</span><a id="dx1-69056"></a> package to the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package? - <!--l. 7662--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 7665--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>Read <a href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package”</a> which should be available from the same location as this @@ -19377,14 +19378,14 @@ href="glossary2glossaries.html" >“Upgrading from the glossary package to t class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I’m using <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">babel</span><a id="dx1-69059"></a> but the fixed names haven’t been translated. - <!--l. 7669--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 7672--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>The <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package currently only supports the following languages: Brazilian Portuguese, Danish, Dutch, English, French, German, Irish, Italian, Hungarian, Polish, Serbian and Spanish. If you want to add another language, send me the translations, and I’ll add them to the next version. - </p><!--l. 7675--><p class="noindent" >If you are using one of the above languages, but the text hasn’t been + </p><!--l. 7678--><p class="noindent" >If you are using one of the above languages, but the text hasn’t been translated, try using the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries </span>package option <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translate=babel</span><a @@ -19395,7 +19396,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">translate=babel</span><a <li class="enumerate" id="x1-69062x11"><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>My glossaries haven’t appeared. - <!--l. 7682--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 7685--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>Remember to do the following: </p> <ul class="itemize1"> <li class="itemize">Add <span @@ -19413,13 +19414,13 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\printglossaries</span><a id="dx1-69065"></a>. </li> <li class="itemize">Use the commands listed in <a -href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a +href="#sec:glslink">§6 </a><a href="#sec:glslink">Links to Glossary Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a>, <a -href="#sec:glsadd">§7 </a><a +href="#sec:glsadd">§7 </a><a href="#sec:glsadd">Adding an Entry to the Glossary Without Generating Text<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsadd --></a> or <a -href="#sec:crossref">§8 </a><a +href="#sec:crossref">§8 </a><a href="#sec:crossref">Cross-Referencing Entries<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:crossref --></a> for each entry that you want to appear in the glossary. </li> @@ -19440,13 +19441,13 @@ class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run. id="dx1-69068"></a><span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">makeglossaries</span><a id="dx1-69069"></a> (see <a -href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a +href="#sec:makeglossaries">§1.3 </a><a href="#sec:makeglossaries">Generating the Associated Glossary Files<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:makeglossaries --></a>) after the second <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run, followed by another <span class="LATEX">L<span class="A">A</span><span class="TEX">T<span class="E">E</span>X</span></span> run.</li></ul> - <!--l. 7702--><p class="noindent" >Check the log files (<span + <!--l. 7705--><p class="noindent" >Check the log files (<span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.log</span><a id="dx1-69070"></a>, <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.glg</span><a @@ -19457,7 +19458,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.glg</span><a class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>Why is glossaries creating an empty <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">.glo</span><a id="dx1-69074"></a> file? - <!--l. 7707--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 7710--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>Because you haven’t used any entries in the <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">main </span>glossary via commands such as <span @@ -19472,7 +19473,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">nomain</span><a class="enumerate" id="x1-69078x13"><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>It is possible to change the rules used to sort the glossary entries? - <!--l. 7715--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 7718--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>If it’s for an individual entry, then you can use the entry’s <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a id="dx1-69079"></a> key @@ -19504,11 +19505,11 @@ href="http://xindy.sourceforge.net/" >Xindy Web class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">xindy</span><a id="dx1-69091"></a> mailing list from that site. - </p><!--l. 7725--><p class="noindent" >If you want to sort according to order of definition or order of + </p><!--l. 7728--><p class="noindent" >If you want to sort according to order of definition or order of use, use the <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">sort</span><a id="dx1-69092"></a> package option described in <a -href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.4 </a><a +href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">§2.4 </a><a href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts-sort --></a>. </p></li> @@ -19520,7 +19521,7 @@ href="#sec:pkgopts-sort">Sorting class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">Q. </span>I get an error when using TeX4HT<a id="dx1-69095"></a> with <span class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">glossaries</span>. - <!--l. 7732--><p class="noindent" ><span + <!--l. 7735--><p class="noindent" ><span class="ec-lmbx-10x-x-109">A. </span>TeX4HT seems to have a problem with the glossary styles that use <span class="ec-lmtt-10x-x-109">\indexspace</span><a @@ -19538,7 +19539,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-187"> \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{} </div> - <!--l. 7739--><p class="nopar" > or + <!--l. 7742--><p class="nopar" > or @@ -19546,13 +19547,13 @@ class="ec-lmss-10x-x-109">list</span><a <div class="verbatim" id="verbatim-188"> \renewcommand*{\glsgroupskip}{\item[]} </div> - <!--l. 7743--><p class="nopar" > + <!--l. 7746--><p class="nopar" > </p> </li></ol> -<!--l. 7747--><p class="indent" > <a +<!--l. 7750--><p class="indent" > <a id="likesection.2"></a><a id="sec:index"></a> @@ -23502,12 +23503,12 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">That is, if the term has been referenced using any of the comma <span class="ec-lmr-9">in </span><a href="#sec:glslink"><span -class="ec-lmr-9">§6 </span></a><a +class="ec-lmr-9">§6 </span></a><a href="#sec:glslink"><span class="ec-lmr-9">Links to Glossary Entries</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glslink --></a> <span class="ec-lmr-9">and </span><a href="#sec:glsadd"><span -class="ec-lmr-9">§7 </span></a><a +class="ec-lmr-9">§7 </span></a><a href="#sec:glsadd"><span class="ec-lmr-9">Adding an Entry to the Glossary</span> <span @@ -23605,7 +23606,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-9">nomain</span><a id="dx1-19012"></a> <span class="ec-lmr-9">option</span> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">has been used.</span></p><!--l. 2454--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">has been used.</span></p><!--l. 2455--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x6-bk" id="fn1x6"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">The only preamble restriction on </span><span @@ -23621,7 +23622,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-9">\loadglsentries</span><a id="dx1-23004"></a><span class="ec-lmr-9">. See </span><a href="#sec:docdefs"><span -class="ec-lmr-9">§4.8</span> +class="ec-lmr-9">§4.8</span> </a><a href="#sec:docdefs"><span class="ec-lmr-9">Drawbacks With Defining Entries in the Document Environment</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:docdefs --></a> <span @@ -23629,7 +23630,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">for a discussion of</span> <span class="ec-lmr-9">the problems with defining entries within the document instead of in the</span> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">preamble.</span></p><!--l. 2469--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">preamble.</span></p><!--l. 2470--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x6-bk" id="fn2x6"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">Except possibly the style file but then you’ll need to use </span><span @@ -23637,7 +23638,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-9">\noist</span><a id="dx1-23016"></a> <span class="ec-lmr-9">to prevent your</span> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">changes from being overwritten.</span></p><!--l. 3095--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">changes from being overwritten.</span></p><!--l. 3096--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x6-bk" id="fn3x6"> <sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">This is because </span><span @@ -23651,7 +23652,7 @@ class="ec-lmss-9">acronym</span><a id="dx1-31015"></a> <span class="ec-lmr-9">package</span> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">option is not used.</span></p><!--l. 3840--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">option is not used.</span></p><!--l. 3841--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x8-bk" id="fn1x8"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmtt-9">\glsdisplayfirst</span><a @@ -23664,7 +23665,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">are now deprecated. Backwards compatibility</span> class="ec-lmr-9">should be preserved but you may need to use the </span><span class="ec-lmss-9">compatible-3.07</span><a id="dx1-38009"></a> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">option</span></p><!--l. 4275--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">option</span></p><!--l. 4276--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x10-bk" id="fn1x10"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><a id="dx1-42004"></a><a @@ -23673,7 +23674,7 @@ class="ec-lmtt-9">makeindex</span><a id="dx1-42005"></a></a> <span class="ec-lmr-9">will always assign a location number, even if it’s not needed, so it needs</span> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">to be discarded.</span></p><!--l. 4280--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">to be discarded.</span></p><!--l. 4281--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x10-bk" id="fn2x10"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">If you redefine </span><span @@ -23691,7 +23692,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">explicitly write </span><span class="ec-lmtt-9">[\seename] </span><span class="ec-lmr-9">in the output file if no</span> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">optional argument is given.</span></p><!--l. 4305--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">optional argument is given.</span></p><!--l. 4306--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x10-bk" id="fn3x10"> <sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">In versions before 3.0, </span><span @@ -23706,7 +23707,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">key was</span> <a href="#glo:sanitize"><span class="ec-lmr-9">sanitized</span><a id="dx1-42017"></a></a><span -class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 4555--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 4556--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x11-bk" id="fn1x11"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">versions before 3.0 used </span><span @@ -23722,7 +23723,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">had been</span> <a href="#glo:sanitize"><span class="ec-lmr-9">sanitized</span><a id="dx1-43055"></a></a><span -class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 4710--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 4711--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x12-bk" id="fn1x12"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">you can’t use the </span><span @@ -23733,7 +23734,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">style for this example as you can’t use the</span> class="ec-lmss-9">longtable</span><a id="dx1-44043"></a><a id="dx1-44044"></a> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">environment in two column mode.</span></p><!--l. 5028--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">environment in two column mode.</span></p><!--l. 5029--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x13-bk" id="fn1x13"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">see </span><span @@ -23741,9 +23742,9 @@ class="ec-lmtt-9">\setCompositor</span><a id="dx1-47054"></a> <span class="ec-lmr-9">described in </span><a href="#sec:setup"><span -class="ec-lmr-9">§3 </span></a><a +class="ec-lmr-9">§3 </span></a><a href="#sec:setup"><span -class="ec-lmr-9">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p><!--l. 5034--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p><!--l. 5035--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x13-bk" id="fn2x13"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">see </span><span @@ -23751,9 +23752,9 @@ class="ec-lmtt-9">\setAlphaCompositor</span><a id="dx1-47056"></a> <span class="ec-lmr-9">described in </span><a href="#sec:setup"><span -class="ec-lmr-9">§3 </span></a><a +class="ec-lmr-9">§3 </span></a><a href="#sec:setup"><span -class="ec-lmr-9">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p><!--l. 5621--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">Setting Up</span><!--tex4ht:ref: sec:setup --></a></p><!--l. 5622--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x15-bk" id="fn1x15"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">Note that this was changed from using </span><span @@ -23767,15 +23768,15 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">as declarations</span> class="ec-lmr-9">cause a problem for </span><span class="ec-lmtt-9">\makefirstuc</span><a id="dx1-51039"></a><span -class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 5883--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">.</span></p><!--l. 5884--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x15-bk" id="fn2x15"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span -class="ec-lmr-9">as from version 1.18</span></p><!--l. 5912--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">as from version 1.18</span></p><!--l. 5913--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x15-bk" id="fn3x15"> <sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">See David Carlisle’s explanation in </span><a href="http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace" class="url" ><span -class="ec-lmtt-9">http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace</span></a></p><!--l. 6086--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmtt-9">http://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/86565/drawbacks-of-xspace</span></a></p><!--l. 6087--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x17-bk" id="fn1x17"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">These lengths will not be available if you use both the </span><span @@ -23791,18 +23792,18 @@ class="ec-lmss-9">nostyles</span><a id="dx1-56020"></a> <span class="ec-lmr-9">package option unless you explicitly load the</span> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">relevant package.</span></p><!--l. 6198--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">relevant package.</span></p><!--l. 6199--><p class="noindent" ><span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x17-bk" id="fn2x17"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">This style was supplied by Axel</span><span -class="ec-lmr-9"> Menzel.</span></p><!--l. 6409--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9"> Menzel.</span></p><!--l. 6410--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn3x17-bk" id="fn3x17"> <sup class="textsuperscript">3</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">e.g.</span><span class="ec-lmr-9"> with the </span><span class="ec-lmss-9">flowfram</span><a id="dx1-60011"></a> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">package.</span></p><!--l. 7277--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">package.</span></p><!--l. 7279--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn1x20-bk" id="fn1x20"> <sup class="textsuperscript">1</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">Single letter words, such as “a” and “I” should typically not appear at the end of a</span> @@ -23810,7 +23811,7 @@ class="ec-lmr-9">Single letter words, such as “a” and “I” class="ec-lmr-9">line, hence the non-breakable space after “a” in the </span><span class="ec-lmss-9">prefix</span><a id="dx1-67016"></a> <span -class="ec-lmr-9">field.</span></p><!--l. 7434--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a +class="ec-lmr-9">field.</span></p><!--l. 7436--><p class="indent" > <span class="footnote-mark"><a href="#fn2x20-bk" id="fn2x20"> <sup class="textsuperscript">2</sup></a></span><span class="ec-lmr-9">The earlier caveats about initial non-Latin characters apply.</span></p> </div> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf Binary files differindex fb96955fd80..2de213d6d98 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex index eed1cd7749d..9ae13e07824 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossaries-user.tex @@ -279,11 +279,11 @@ user2={sanitization\protect\iterm{sanitize}}% \MakeShortVerb{"} \DeleteShortVerb{\|} - \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.0} + \title{User Manual for glossaries.sty v4.01} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\% \url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}} - \date{2013-11-14} + \date{2013-11-16} \maketitle \begin{important} @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ letter}{mfirstuc-manual}. \item[\url{glossaries-code.pdf}] Advanced users wishing to know more about the inner workings of all the packages provided in the \styfmt{glossaries} bundle should read -\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v4.0}. +\qt{Documented Code for glossaries v4.01}. This includes the documented code for the \sty{mfirstuc} package. \item[INSTALL] Installation instructions. @@ -2338,6 +2338,7 @@ created using version 3.07 or below. \end{description} \section{Setting Options After Package Loaded} +\label{sec:setupglossaries} Some of the options described above may also be set after the \sty{glossaries} package has been loaded using @@ -7238,6 +7239,7 @@ This checks if the \gloskey{description} field has been set to just \meta{true part} is performed, otherwise \meta{false part}. \chapter{Prefixes or Determiners}\label{sec:prefix} + The \sty{glossaries-prefix} package provides additional keys that can be used as prefixes. For example, if you want to specify determiners (such @@ -7466,6 +7468,7 @@ before the name: \end{example} \chapter{Accessibility Support}\label{sec:accsupp} + Limited accessibility support is provided by the accompanying \sty{glossaries-accsupp} package, but note that this package is experimental and it requires the \sty{accsupp} package diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html index e3af7e1e0f7..7f71642496f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.html @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/)" /> <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> <meta name="src" content="glossariesbegin.tex" /> -<meta name="date" content="2013-11-14 14:05:00" /> +<meta name="date" content="2013-11-16 19:05:00" /> <style type="text/css"> <!-- @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:85%; font-style:italic; } div.abstract {width:100%;} span.footnote-mark sup.textsuperscript, span.footnote-mark a sup.textsuperscript{ font-size:80%; } table.multicols { width:100%; margin-left:1em; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; } -div.important { background-color:red; } +div.important { border : solid red; } /* end css.sty */ @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ beginners</h2> <div class="author" ><span class="futr8t-x-x-144">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span></div><br /> <div class="date" ><span -class="futr8t-x-x-144">2013-11-14</span></div> +class="futr8t-x-x-144">2013-11-16</span></div> </div> <div class="abstract" diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf Binary files differindex 633068fc80c..6fb083fa2b4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex index 08b81abc291..266d26c8d43 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossariesbegin.tex @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ \title{The glossaries package: a guide for beginners} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot} -\date{2013-11-14} +\date{2013-11-16} \newcommand*{\igloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\icsopt{#1}{#2}} \newcommand*{\gloskey}[2][newglossaryentry]{\csopt{#1}{#2}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html index 5ca68ec9f1e..13db02dd60d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.html @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ <meta name="originator" content="TeX4ht (http://www.cse.ohio-state.edu/~gurari/TeX4ht/)" /> <!-- xhtml,fn-in,css-in,uni-html4,utf8 --> <meta name="src" content="glossary2glossaries.tex" /> -<meta name="date" content="2013-11-14 14:05:00" /> +<meta name="date" content="2013-11-16 19:05:00" /> <style type="text/css"> <!-- @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ div.thanks{text-align:left; margin-left:10%; font-size:85%; font-style:italic; } div.abstract {width:100%;} span.footnote-mark sup.textsuperscript, span.footnote-mark a sup.textsuperscript{ font-size:80%; } table.multicols { width:100%; margin-left:1em; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; } -div.important { background-color:red; } +div.important { border : solid red; } /* end css.sty */ @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ package to the glossaries package</h2> <div class="author" ><span class="futr8t-x-x-144">Nicola L.C. Talbot</span></div><br /> <div class="date" ><span -class="futr8t-x-x-144">2013-11-14</span></div> +class="futr8t-x-x-144">2013-11-16</span></div> </div> <div class="abstract" diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf Binary files differindex 671a168d037..2d12bc406b6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex index 9b07960a259..65b5c66bc40 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/glossary2glossaries.tex @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ \title{Upgrading from the glossary package to the glossaries package} \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot} -\date{2013-11-14} +\date{2013-11-16} \newenvironment{oldway}{% \begin{labelledbox}{\styfmt{glossary}}\ttfamily\obeylines diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html Binary files differindex ac5e542e74d..b13bfa44aa6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.html diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf Binary files differindex 6e101f6d6fa..40fd4e54583 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/mfirstuc-manual.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf Binary files differindex e0f22a08124..8860c21f396 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/minimalgls.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index f83b5970852..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-FnDesc.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf Binary files differindex 330c13f5c8a..35b8fdc39ce 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-crossref.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf Binary files differindex 06ee48a0913..65419c3b547 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-custom-acronym.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf Binary files differindex 2c3fc72edd7..34fc4f6c0ed 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-dual.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index f08d62b9e7b..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-entryfmt.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index ec58ceee2c1..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-index.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 82734c9a991..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-inline.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c8fa4a5fc6c..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-langdict.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1dec2b40193..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-mfirstuc.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 88e358ab486..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-newkeys.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c6b29209d6a..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-nomathhyper.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 0a1393e507b..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-numberlist.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1f751257d72..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-prefix.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 1e05192921b..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample-si.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf Binary files differindex f8efe8420fa..9f8d4cc0961 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf Binary files differindex 4a74fc9589f..dd307d68435 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sample4col.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf Binary files differindex 5068fd13644..db1619605fe 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcr.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf Binary files differindex 968ca13ec3e..c10d54d41ac 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleAcrDesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf Binary files differindex 5dc3ff4a686..ac110670fca 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDB.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf Binary files differindex 924a7d43a55..8529011e952 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleDesc.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf Binary files differindex 303b4eddeb8..2262d5cf8a9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEq.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf Binary files differindex 1371a16d0ae..e903658bc16 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleEqPg.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf Binary files differindex b8dc7693ec1..680c49f253a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleNtn.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index c22f64b2e70..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplePeople.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf Binary files differindex 72e6deced22..3f87bc00963 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSec.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf Binary files differdeleted file mode 100644 index 70b4731d157..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleSort.pdf +++ /dev/null diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf Binary files differindex 78e0f868e3a..1904a28ed81 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleaccsupp.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf Binary files differindex 698712dca9a..0a273d55394 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleacronyms.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf Binary files differindex 83144e1d79d..519e2e56a54 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampletree.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf Binary files differindex 7f7e7557312..3e2ca5c27ca 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/sampleutf8.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf Binary files differindex 47899d9da0f..550709f057d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf Binary files differindex ed47e7a1c1c..fe8532a8371 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries/samples/samplexdy2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx index c5b4d894614..b2d038a67ae 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.dtx @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ % -author "Nicola Talbot" % -codetitle "Main Package Code" % glossaries -% Created on 2013/11/14 14:05 +% Created on 2013/11/16 19:05 %\fi %\iffalse %<*package> @@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} -\CheckSum{16315} +\CheckSum{16348} \newcommand*{\ifirstuse}{\iterm{first use}} \newcommand*{\firstuse}{\gls{firstuse}} @@ -165,12 +165,12 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of %\MakeShortVerb{"} %\DeleteShortVerb{\|} % -% \title{Documented Code For glossaries v4.0} +% \title{Documented Code For glossaries v4.01} % \author{Nicola L.C. Talbot\\[10pt] %Dickimaw Books\\ %\url{http://www.dickimaw-books.com/}} % -% \date{2013-11-14} +% \date{2013-11-16} % \maketitle % %This is the documented code for the \styfmt{glossaries} package. @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of %glossaries package}. % %\item[\url{glossaries-user.pdf}] -%For the main user guide, read \qt{glossaries.sty v4.0: +%For the main user guide, read \qt{glossaries.sty v4.01: %\LaTeX2e\ Package to Assist Generating Glossaries}. % %\item[\url{mfirstuc-manual.pdf}] @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ governed by the \gloskey{first} and \gloskey{firstplural} keys of % This package requires \LaTeXe. % \begin{macrocode} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2013/11/14 v4.0 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2013/11/16 v4.01 (NLCT)] % \end{macrocode} % Required packages: % \begin{macrocode} @@ -473,6 +473,20 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{option} % +% Each \cs{DeclareOptionX} needs a corresponding \cs{DeclareOption} +% so that it can be passed as a document class option, so define a +% command that will implement both. +%\changes{4.01}{2013-11-16}{fixed non-value options so that they can be passed to +%document class} +%\begin{macro}{\@gls@declareoption} +% \begin{macrocode} +\newcommand*{\@gls@declareoption}[2]{% + \DeclareOptionX{#1}{#2}% + \DeclareOption{#1}{#2}% +} +% \end{macrocode} +%\end{macro} +% % Each entry within a given glossary will have an associated % number list. By default, this refers to the page numbers on % which that entry has been used, but it can also refer to any counter @@ -491,7 +505,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% % number lists (this simply redefines % \cs{glossaryentrynumbers} to ignores its argument). % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOptionX{nonumberlist}{% +\@gls@declareoption{nonumberlist}{% \renewcommand*{\glossaryentrynumbers}[1]{\gls@save@numberlist{#1}}% } % \end{macrocode} @@ -517,7 +531,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% % \gloskey{see} key. %\changes{3.0}{2011/04/02}{new} % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOptionX{seeautonumberlist}{% +\@gls@declareoption{seeautonumberlist}{% \renewcommand*{\@glo@seeautonumberlist}{% \def\@glo@prefix{\glsnextpages}% }% @@ -538,7 +552,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% % is provided to reduce overhead caused by loading unrequired % packages. % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOptionX{nolong}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}} +\@gls@declareoption{nolong}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}} % \end{macrocode} %\end{option} % @@ -560,7 +574,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% % is provided to reduce overhead caused by loading unrequired % packages. % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOptionX{nosuper}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}} +\@gls@declareoption{nosuper}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}} % \end{macrocode} %\end{option} % @@ -577,7 +591,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% % in \isty{glossary-list} will not be available if this option % is used. % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOptionX{nolist}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{}} +\@gls@declareoption{nolist}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{}} % \end{macrocode} %\end{option} % @@ -594,7 +608,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% % in \isty{glossary-tree} will not be available if this option % is used. % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOptionX{notree}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{}} +\@gls@declareoption{notree}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{}} % \end{macrocode} %\end{option} % @@ -604,7 +618,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% % event that the user has custom styles that are not dependent % on the predefined styles). % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOptionX{nostyles}{% +\@gls@declareoption{nostyles}{% \renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}% \renewcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}% \renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{}% @@ -927,15 +941,17 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} % +%\begin{option}{nomain} %\changes{2.01}{2009 May 30}{added nomain package option} % The \pkgopt{nomain} option suppress the creation of the main % glossary. % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOptionX{nomain}{% +\@gls@declareoption{nomain}{% \let\glsdefaulttype\relax \renewcommand*{\glsdefmain}{}% } % \end{macrocode} +%\end{option} % %\begin{option}{acronym} % The \pkgopt{acronym} option sets an associated conditional @@ -985,9 +1001,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% % Provide a synonym for \pkgopt[true]{acronym} that can be passed % via the document class options. % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOptionX{acronyms}{% +\@gls@declareoption{acronyms}{% \glsacronymtrue - \DeclareAcronymList{acronym}% + \renewcommand{\@gls@do@acronymsdef}{% + \DeclareAcronymList{acronym}% + \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}% + \renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{acronym}% + }% } % \end{macrocode} %\end{option} @@ -1162,13 +1182,16 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% } % \end{macrocode} %\end{macro} +% +%\begin{option}{nowarn} % Define package option to suppress warnings % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOptionX{nowarn}{% +\@gls@declareoption{nowarn}{% \renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarning}[1]{}% \renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarningNoLine}[1]{}% } % \end{macrocode} +%\end{option} % As from version 3.08a, the only information written to the external % glossary files are the label and sort values. Therefore, now, the % only sanitize option that makes sense is the one for the sort key. @@ -1387,7 +1410,7 @@ name=true]{% % Provide a synonym for \pkgopt[false]{translate} that can be passed % via the document class. % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOptionX{notranslate}{% +\@gls@declareoption{notranslate}{% \glstranslatefalse \let\@gls@notranslatorhook\relax } @@ -1553,11 +1576,13 @@ name=true]{% \glsxindyfalse % \end{macrocode} % +%\begin{option}{makeindex} % Define package option to specify that \app{makeindex} will % be used to sort the glossaries: % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOptionX{makeindex}{\glsxindyfalse} +\@gls@declareoption{makeindex}{\glsxindyfalse} % \end{macrocode} +%\end{option} % % The \pkgopt{xindy} package option may have a value which in % turn can be a key=value list. First define the keys for this @@ -1615,7 +1640,7 @@ name=true]{% % Provide a synonym for \pkgopt[]{xindy} that can be passed via the % document class options. % \begin{macrocode} -\DeclareOptionX{xindygloss}{% +\@gls@declareoption{xindygloss}{% \glsxindytrue } % \end{macrocode} @@ -1673,7 +1698,7 @@ name=true]{% %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand{\@gls@do@symbolsdef}{} -\DeclareOptionX{symbols}{% +\@gls@declareoption{symbols}{% \renewcommand{\@gls@do@symbolsdef}{% \newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}% \newcommand*{\printsymbols}[1][]{\printglossary[type=symbols,#1]}% @@ -1686,7 +1711,7 @@ name=true]{% %\changes{3.11a}{2013-10-15}{new} % \begin{macrocode} \newcommand{\@gls@do@numbersdef}{} -\DeclareOptionX{numbers}{% +\@gls@declareoption{numbers}{% \renewcommand{\@gls@do@numbersdef}{% \newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}% \newcommand*{\printnumbers}[1][]{\printglossary[type=numbers,#1]}% @@ -1696,7 +1721,22 @@ name=true]{% %\end{option} % % -% Process package options: +% Process package options. First process any options that have been +% passed via the document class. +% \begin{macrocode} +\@for\CurrentOption :=\@declaredoptions\do{% + \ifx\CurrentOption\@empty + \else + \@expandtwoargs + \in@ {,\CurrentOption ,}{,\@classoptionslist,\@curroptions,}% + \ifin@ + \@use@ption + \expandafter \let\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname\@empty + \fi + \fi +} +% \end{macrocode} +% Now process options passed to the package: % \begin{macrocode} \ProcessOptionsX % \end{macrocode} @@ -13212,7 +13252,10 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% first={\noexpand\acrfullformat{\the\glslongtok}{\the\glsshorttok}},% firstplural={\noexpand\acrfullformat {\noexpand\glsentrylongpl{\the\glslabeltok}}% - {\noexpand\glsentryshortpl{\the\glslabeltok}}}% + {\noexpand\glsentryshortpl{\the\glslabeltok}}},% +% \end{macrocode} +% \changes{4.01}{2013-11-16}{inserted missing comma} +% \begin{macrocode} text={\the\glsshorttok},% plural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix}% } diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins index c337a6f6a95..9737748ccbf 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries/glossaries.ins @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -% glossaries.ins generated using makedtx version 1.1 2013/11/14 14:05 +% glossaries.ins generated using makedtx version 1.1 2013/11/16 19:05 \input docstrip \preamble diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty index 2df06584c5d..39da8e08913 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries/base/glossaries.sty @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ %% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| %% Right brace \} Tilde \~} \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e} -\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2013/11/14 v4.0 (NLCT)] +\ProvidesPackage{glossaries}[2013/11/16 v4.01 (NLCT)] \RequirePackage{ifthen} \RequirePackage{xkeyval}[2006/11/18] \RequirePackage{mfirstuc} @@ -122,29 +122,33 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% \define@key{glossaries.sty}{style}{% \renewcommand*{\@glossary@default@style}{#1}% } +\newcommand*{\@gls@declareoption}[2]{% + \DeclareOptionX{#1}{#2}% + \DeclareOption{#1}{#2}% +} \newcommand*{\glossaryentrynumbers}[1]{#1\gls@save@numberlist{#1}} -\DeclareOptionX{nonumberlist}{% +\@gls@declareoption{nonumberlist}{% \renewcommand*{\glossaryentrynumbers}[1]{\gls@save@numberlist{#1}}% } \define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{savenumberlist}[true]{} \glssavenumberlistfalse \newcommand*\@glo@seeautonumberlist{} -\DeclareOptionX{seeautonumberlist}{% +\@gls@declareoption{seeautonumberlist}{% \renewcommand*{\@glo@seeautonumberlist}{% \def\@glo@prefix{\glsnextpages}% }% } \newcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{\RequirePackage{glossary-long}} -\DeclareOptionX{nolong}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}} +\@gls@declareoption{nolong}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}} \IfFileExists{supertabular.sty}{% \newcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{\RequirePackage{glossary-super}}}{% \newcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}} -\DeclareOptionX{nosuper}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}} +\@gls@declareoption{nosuper}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}} \newcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{\RequirePackage{glossary-list}} -\DeclareOptionX{nolist}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{}} +\@gls@declareoption{nolist}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{}} \newcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{\RequirePackage{glossary-tree}} -\DeclareOptionX{notree}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{}} -\DeclareOptionX{nostyles}{% +\@gls@declareoption{notree}{\renewcommand*{\@gls@loadtree}{}} +\@gls@declareoption{nostyles}{% \renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlong}{}% \renewcommand*{\@gls@loadsuper}{}% \renewcommand*{\@gls@loadlist}{}% @@ -254,7 +258,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% } \newcommand*{\glsdefaulttype}{main} \newcommand*{\acronymtype}{\glsdefaulttype} -\DeclareOptionX{nomain}{% +\@gls@declareoption{nomain}{% \let\glsdefaulttype\relax \renewcommand*{\glsdefmain}{}% } @@ -280,9 +284,13 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% \fi } \newcommand*{\@gls@do@acronymsdef}{} -\DeclareOptionX{acronyms}{% +\@gls@declareoption{acronyms}{% \glsacronymtrue - \DeclareAcronymList{acronym}% + \renewcommand{\@gls@do@acronymsdef}{% + \DeclareAcronymList{acronym}% + \newglossary[alg]{acronym}{acr}{acn}{\acronymname}% + \renewcommand*{\acronymtype}{acronym}% + }% } \newcommand*{\@glsacronymlists}{} \newcommand*{\@addtoacronymlists}[1]{% @@ -344,7 +352,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% \newcommand*{\GlossariesWarningNoLine}[1]{% \PackageWarningNoLine{glossaries}{#1}% } -\DeclareOptionX{nowarn}{% +\@gls@declareoption{nowarn}{% \renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarning}[1]{}% \renewcommand*{\GlossariesWarningNoLine}[1]{}% } @@ -435,7 +443,7 @@ name=true]{% } \newif\ifglstranslate \newcommand*\@gls@notranslatorhook{} -\DeclareOptionX{notranslate}{% +\@gls@declareoption{notranslate}{% \glstranslatefalse \let\@gls@notranslatorhook\relax } @@ -498,7 +506,7 @@ name=true]{% \def\glsorder{#1}} \newif\ifglsxindy \glsxindyfalse -\DeclareOptionX{makeindex}{\glsxindyfalse} +\@gls@declareoption{makeindex}{\glsxindyfalse} \define@boolkey[gls]{xindy}{glsnumbers}[true]{} \gls@xindy@glsnumberstrue \def\@xdy@main@language{\languagename}% @@ -512,7 +520,7 @@ name=true]{% \glsxindytrue \setkeys[gls]{xindy}{#1}% } -\DeclareOptionX{xindygloss}{% +\@gls@declareoption{xindygloss}{% \glsxindytrue } \define@boolkey{glossaries.sty}[gls]{savewrites}[true]{% @@ -535,19 +543,30 @@ name=true]{% } \boolfalse{glscompatible-2.07} \newcommand{\@gls@do@symbolsdef}{} -\DeclareOptionX{symbols}{% +\@gls@declareoption{symbols}{% \renewcommand{\@gls@do@symbolsdef}{% \newglossary[slg]{symbols}{sls}{slo}{\glssymbolsgroupname}% \newcommand*{\printsymbols}[1][]{\printglossary[type=symbols,#1]}% }% } \newcommand{\@gls@do@numbersdef}{} -\DeclareOptionX{numbers}{% +\@gls@declareoption{numbers}{% \renewcommand{\@gls@do@numbersdef}{% \newglossary[nlg]{numbers}{nls}{nlo}{\glsnumbersgroupname}% \newcommand*{\printnumbers}[1][]{\printglossary[type=numbers,#1]}% }% } +\@for\CurrentOption :=\@declaredoptions\do{% + \ifx\CurrentOption\@empty + \else + \@expandtwoargs + \in@ {,\CurrentOption ,}{,\@classoptionslist,\@curroptions,}% + \ifin@ + \@use@ption + \expandafter \let\csname ds@\CurrentOption\endcsname\@empty + \fi + \fi +} \ProcessOptionsX \RequirePackage{glossaries-compatible-307} \disable@keys{glossaries.sty}{compatible-2.07,% @@ -5718,7 +5737,7 @@ false,nolabel,autolabel}[nolabel]{% first={\noexpand\acrfullformat{\the\glslongtok}{\the\glsshorttok}},% firstplural={\noexpand\acrfullformat {\noexpand\glsentrylongpl{\the\glslabeltok}}% - {\noexpand\glsentryshortpl{\the\glslabeltok}}}% + {\noexpand\glsentryshortpl{\the\glslabeltok}}},% text={\the\glsshorttok},% plural={\the\glsshorttok\noexpand\acrpluralsuffix}% } |